initial commit of ebook 27177HEADmain

1 files changed, 6566 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/27177.txt b/27177.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f4bcef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6566 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882
+
+
+Author: Joseph Wild
+
+
+
+Release Date: November 6, 2008  [eBook #27177]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+
+
+credit
+
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1880 Robert Banks edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+                            LONDON: PRINTED BY
+             ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
+
+                          [Picture: Book cover]
+
+
+
+
+
+                                   THE
+                             LOST TEN TRIBES,
+                                   AND
+                                  1882.
+
+
+                                    BY
+                         REV. JOSEPH WILD, D.D.,
+                  PASTOR OF UNION CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH,
+                              BROOKLYN, N.Y.
+
+                                 LONDON:
+             ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET.  E.C.
+                                  1880.
+
+                [Picture: Great seal of the United States]
+
+This device of the great Seal was adopted by act of the Continental
+Congress, on June 20th, 1782, and re-adopted by the New Congress,
+September 15th, 1789.  The act provided for an _obverse_ and a _reverse_,
+as set forth in this plate; the _reverse_ is not used.  This is a plate
+of the first and original Seal, which, by use, has been worn out.  The
+one now in use is the second; it differs from the first that, by an
+accident, seven arrows were left out of the eagle's talon.
+
+                          _BY THE SAME AUTHOR_.
+
+                      Price 2s., post free 2s. 3d.,
+                           THE FUTURE OF ISRAEL
+                                AND JUDAH.
+                       WITH A PORTRAIT OF DR. WILD.
+
+   PHILO-ISRAEL says:--"We recommend most strongly that all our friends
+ should obtain the book.  Once in their hands, we know they will read it
+                               to the end."
+
+            LONDON: ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The following Discourses are presented to the public in book form,
+agreeable to the request of numerous friends.  I have selected twenty
+from one hundred and thirty which I have given to my own congregation
+during the past three years.  I have tried to have them lean one against
+another, to the end that the argument might be continuous and somewhat
+complete.  The reader will remember, however, that the vast subject of
+which they treat, cannot be fairly and completely presented in such a
+volume as this.  Also, it should be borne in mind that the language,
+style, and structure, are sermonic.  Pulpit literature, in these things,
+is peculiar and distinctively characteristic.
+
+When I first entered the ministry, I made up my mind that I would try and
+thoroughly understand the Scriptures.  I soon found that a large portion
+was of a prophetic nature.  I set to work according to the usual method,
+but to my sorrow I soon discovered that the method and rules in general
+use for Scripture exegesis, among what they called orthodox authors, were
+very defective and unsatisfactory.  The fact was forced upon me that the
+true method, or key of interpretation, was not in use.  I was always
+persuaded that the Bible was a unit, and that the principles contained in
+such a unit were beautifully related; and because of such a faith, I
+wondered more and more as I grew older why we had not a better key of
+interpretation.  Men spiritualised at random, without any kind of rule,
+except their own fancy.  In this manner they expounded the material
+history of the Old Testament.  The whole arrangement was a Babel.
+
+I had faintly discerned that the Scriptures made a distinction between
+the House of Israel and the House of Judah, and that the prophecies
+belonging to one could not, in fairness, be applied to the other; and
+that some prophecies applied to both.  It always seemed strange to me,
+that the people which God said He had chosen for Himself, should not be
+known.  The Jews were always known, but where was "Israel, His
+inheritance?"  Again, I could see no point in the Lord swearing so
+positively about David's seed and throne lasting to the end of time.
+Taking them in a typical sense, they were about the poorest types that
+could have been selected, because of the shortness of their existence,
+according to the general mode of interpretation.  Just at this point of
+my experience I came across a book, entitled "Our Israelitish Origin," by
+the late John Wilson, the reading of which confirmed me in my
+convictions, and aided me to a better knowledge of the good Book of
+Providence.
+
+After some twenty years of experience, I began to teach the principles of
+interpretation embodied in these discourses.  Some three years ago I
+began to give a series of sermons on the Ten Lost Tribes.  I soon found
+my own congregation, as well as the public, were interested and profited
+with the same, as was manifest from the large and constant attendance
+thereon.  By personal interviews and letters, I have been gratified to
+learn that many have been savingly and truly converted to God through
+these Discourses.  Especially has this been the case with those who were
+infidel in faith and action towards God and His Word.  I have received
+hundreds of letters thanking me that the key of interpretation presented
+had made the Bible an interesting and easily understood book.  The
+interest created gave rise to numerous requests for copies of my sermons.
+The notice by the public press now and again intensified the interest and
+increased the demand.  To meet this desire I made arrangements with the
+editor and proprietor of a weekly paper called the _Champion_ to publish
+my evening Discourses.  At once the arrangement was found to be
+profitable to him, agreeable to me and admirably suited to the public.
+So for more than a year the _Champion_ has been my faithful messenger on
+this line, and will continue to be.  It is a weekly paper, published at
+132, Nassau Street, New York; price one dollar per year.  I am not
+personally interested more than this.  With its politics and other matter
+I have nothing to do; but for the sermonic matter I hold myself
+responsible.  I feel free to express my pleasure in the wonderful
+increase of its circulation.  I am glad it goes all over the States, the
+Dominion of Canada, and is in goodly demand in Great Britain.
+
+After I had been preaching on this subject for some time, I made,
+fortunately, the acquaintance of a name-sake of mine, Mr. Joseph Wild, of
+Bay Ridge, near Brooklyn.  On this subject I found him remarkably well
+posted.  He had lots of books, pamphlets, papers, and maps on the matter,
+any or all of which he gave me liberty to use.  Through him my attention
+was called to the valuable writings of our English brethren on this
+point, Edward Hine, Rev. Mr. Glover, M.A., Rev. Mr. Grimaldi, M.A.,
+Philo-Israel, and a host of others, whose writings have helped me very
+much.  Our English friends have now a vast store of this kind of
+literature; while, so far as I know, we have no home production.  This is
+one reason I feel satisfied in sending forth this volume.
+
+For years I have been greatly interested in Pyramidology, in the
+teachings of the Great Pyramid at Gizeh in Egypt.  Twenty years ago I had
+confidence to lecture frequently on the subject, and a few years since it
+was in my mind to publish a small work on it.  The necessity of such work
+was wisely and competently taken out of my hands, however, by the
+appearance of a book entitled, "The Stone Miracle," by Rev. Dr. Seiss, of
+Philadelphia.  This is a book admirably suited to beginners on this line
+of study.  And if one wants to go further and be specially informed on
+Pyramidology, why let them get "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid," a
+work by Professor Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer-Royal of Scotland.  To this
+man God has given a fine mind and a large heart for a special place and
+work.  But what pleases me above all, is that this Pyramid, being the
+_Lord's Pillar_, and _His Witness_, should so finely tally with the
+Scriptures and Providence; that the teachings of this monument are in
+harmony with the principles of interpretation, as applied to the
+prophecies in these Discourses.
+
+By several small engravings I have sought to aid the mind of the reader
+through the eye.  In the Royal Arms of England there is considerable of
+history; the position of the lions, unicorn, crown, and indeed all
+connected with it is significantly expressive.  In these things, the
+accidental grouping, so far as man was concerned, were as much under
+Divine supervision as the blundering of the Jews in the crucifying of
+Jesus.  So, Divinely considered, they Divinely reveal.  We know not the
+mind of our fathers in the matter of selecting and composing the items
+that make up the great seal, but we know the mind of Providence.
+
+The plate of the ragged old stone, called Jacob's pillow, is not very
+distinct, but it is the best we could do.  As it is, it will aid the
+reader in forming a better idea.  The stone in shape is an oblong square,
+about 32 inches long, 13 broad, and 11 inches deep.  At each end is an
+iron ring, much worn and rusted.  It is a bluish steel-like colour, mixed
+with some veins of red.  It has been in its present resting place 583
+years.
+
+The main idea I wish to convey in this book, is that God is conducting
+His Providence through His ancient chosen people, Israel, whom I believe
+are found in the Saxon race.  And His throne on earth, through which flow
+the purposes of Providence, is David's throne, which I believe to be at
+present the English throne.  Queen Victoria (and God bless her) I believe
+to be of David's seed.  The United States fulfils the _role_ of the Tribe
+of Manasseh.  Therefore, to understand the prophecies, Providence, and
+the present movement of nations, as well as the future lot and destiny of
+each, we must read the Scriptures in this light.  God has made the
+children of Israel and throne of David His executive, in time, on earth.
+They are His executive for civilisation, evangelisation, order, and
+conquest.  Through them God will conquer the world to an universal peace.
+As Moses was to God, so is Israel.  Moses being a Divine executor, was to
+the people a god--so is Israel to all mankind.  Spiritual Israel will
+come through literal Israel.
+
+I have expressed myself freely, and shall cheerfully grant reviewers,
+critics, and readers, the same privilege.  I send forth this book with a
+pure desire that it may do good.  Amen, so mote it be.
+
+                                                              JOSEPH WILD.
+
+Brooklyn, May 1st, 1879.
+
+
+
+
+KEY DISTINCTIONS.
+DISCOURSE I.
+
+
+    "We have a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye
+    take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the
+    day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts.  Knowing this first,
+    that no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private
+    interpretation."--2 Peter i. 19, 20.
+
+I am about to give you a few Discourses on Prophecy, and in doing so I
+desire, in the first place, to point out to you a few very important
+distinctions included in the prophecies.  Suppose the Bible to be a great
+palace, with its royalty, royal children, servants, and subjects.  You
+desire to go through it and view it intelligently, and to understand all
+about its inhabitants and laws of government; now to do so, you must have
+keys, and you must learn who is who, their place, authority, and work.
+If not so qualified, you could not pass from room to room, and you might
+confound the King with some servant, and visitors might be mistaken for
+the children of the household.  Thus your ideas would be considerably
+mixed; you would be guilty of talking about the King, when you really
+meant some servant, and of prophesying for the royal children in the name
+of the visitors.  The years would come and go, but events would not
+happen as you had prophesied.  Each generation would take your report and
+follow in your footsteps, thus confusion and disappointment would keep
+pace with the passing generations.
+
+What is here made a matter of supposition, has been a solemn fact on the
+line of human experience.  Men have studied the Bible and Providence in
+this ignorant and confused way.  Theologians have thrown aside all
+restraints, and well-defined limitations and distinctions of the Bible in
+their assumed liberty of expounding and spiritualising the same.  No
+matter to them that there is a God-revealed distinction between Judah and
+Israel, Manasseh and Ephraim, Samaritans and Gentiles, and the throne of
+David and the throne of the heathen.  Writers and speakers are guilty of
+using the words Judah and Israel in a synonymous sense, though the words
+stand for different people, history, and prophecies, soon after the
+descendants of Jacob settled in Palestine.  To aid you in seeing this
+historical confusion and folly, let me call your attention to them
+separately.
+
+
+
+JUDAH.
+
+
+What does this word stand for in the Bible?  In the _first_ place it is
+the name of the fourth son of Jacob.  In the _second_ place it was the
+name of his direct descendants or Tribe.  In the _third_ place it became
+the name of the portion of the country occupied by this Tribe in the
+Promised Land.  In the _fourth_ place it became the name of a kingdom and
+government; this fourth name included the Tribe of Benjamin and their
+territory.  In the _fifth_ place it became the name of the whole country
+of Palestine, and is now often so used.  To-day this word stands for
+those we call Jews, who, as they allow among themselves, represent and
+only include Judah and Levi.
+
+On the death of Solomon the country and Tribes finally separated into two
+Houses, kingdoms, and governments.  Nine Tribes went with Jeroboam, and
+three with Rehoboam--namely, Judah, Levi, and Benjamin.  The nine-tribed
+House was called Israel, the three-tribed House Judah.  This separation
+was about 975 B.C. (1 Kings xii.).  From that day to this these two
+Houses have never been united; but they are to be, as scores of
+statements to that effect are in the good Book (Hosea i. 11).  About 580
+B.C. the House of Judah was taken captive into Babylon, remaining 70
+years, then they returned to their own land and remained till the year of
+our Lord 70, when Jerusalem was destroyed and they were scattered.
+
+Prophecies referring to the Jews are numerous and in striking contrast to
+those that refer to Israel.  1. The Jews were to be a scattered people.
+2. A specially persecuted people.  3. To be without a nationality.  4. To
+be without government.  5. Not to be owners of landed property, though
+they will have money, until toward the latter days.  6. They were to be a
+proverb.  7. They were to be few in number.  8. They are to retain a
+special type of features.  9. They were to be repeatedly robbed.  10.
+They were to reject Christ.  11. To retain the Mosaic service till
+returned to their own land.  12. They are to keep their name, and many
+such distinctions, none of which should be applied to Israel.  All these
+things have been and are fulfilled, or fulfilling, and though men are
+wonderfully given to spiritualising, few, if any, venture to spiritualise
+Judah's curses.  Men and ministers calling themselves Gentiles, are rude
+enough to spiritualise the blessings of Judah, and stealing them, apply
+them to themselves.
+
+
+
+ISRAEL.
+
+
+1. A name given to Jacob after wrestling with the Angel.  2. A term
+applied sometimes to all the descendants of Jacob.  3. In a spiritual
+sense, those who believe in Christ.  4. A name that covered and included
+the nine Tribes which went with Jeroboam and formed the kingdom of
+Israel.  They remained a distinct kingdom, and till now a nationality.
+From 975 to 725 B.C. they had some 19 kings.  They were finally carried
+captive into Assyria by Shalmanezer (2 Kings xvii.).  From that captivity
+they have never returned; as a body they never can, only representatives,
+as stated in Jer. iii. 14, "One of a city, and two of a family."
+
+Now prophecy points out that it was Israel that was to be lost for a
+while, and come to light in the latter day.  They are known in the
+Scriptures in contradistinction from others by such terms as the
+following: "_All Israel_," "_All the House of Israel wholly_," "_The
+House of Israel_," "_Men of Israel_," and God calls them His "_Servants_,
+_Witnesses_, _Chosen People_, _Inheritance_, and _Seed_."  The lot,
+course, and providential portion of this people are very marked from any
+other, especially from the Jew, with whom they are so often confounded.
+The history of the two peoples have been wide apart and as different as
+they well could be.
+
+1.  They were to be _lost_.  2.  They were to be _divorced_ from the
+Mosaic law.  3. They were to lose their _name_.  4. They were to lose
+their _language_.  5. They were to _possess_ the isles of the sea, coasts
+of the earth, waste and desolate places, to inherit the portion of the
+Gentiles, their seed, land, and cities. 6.  They are to be great and
+successful _colonisers_.  7. Before them other people are to _die out_.
+8. They are to be a _head_ nation.  9. To be a _company_ of nations.  10.
+To be _great_ in war on land or sea.  11. To be _lenders_ of money.  12.
+To have a _monarchy_.  13. To be _keepers_ of the Sabbath.  14. To have
+David's _throne_ and seed ruling over them.  15. They are to _possess_
+Palestine, and invite their brethren of Judah to return.  And thus I
+might repeat some sixty positive marks and distinctions setting forth
+Israel; and yet men wilfully persist in confounding them with the Jews,
+or looking for this great and favoured people of the Lord among the
+lowest of human kind, Indians, Africans, and so on.
+
+
+
+SAMARITANS.
+
+
+The Samaritans were not Jews or Israelites, strictly speaking.  They of
+course became Jewish in their customs and worship.  Originally they were
+Assyrians.  When the nine Tribes were carried captive, they were brought
+and put in their place.  "And the King of Assyria brought men from
+Babylon and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from
+Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria, instead of the
+children of Israel" (2 Kings xvii. 24).  The Jews and the Samaritans
+never wholly mixed; one was always distasteful to the other.  They never
+were taken captive, and to this day they live in and about Mount Scychar,
+numbering between three and four hundreds.
+
+
+
+BENJAMIN.
+
+
+The Tribe of Benjamin has a singular and special place in the history of
+Israel and Judah.  Neither the Old or New Testament can be well
+understood unless one understands the place of this Tribe in Providence.
+They were always counted one of the Ten Tribes, and reckoned with them in
+the prophetic visions.  They were only loaned to Judah about 800 years.
+Read 1 Kings xi.  They were to be a light for David in Jerusalem.  God,
+foreseeing that the Jews would reject Christ, kept back this one Tribe to
+be in readiness to receive Him, and so they did.  At the destruction of
+Jerusalem they escaped, and after centuries of wanderings turn up as the
+proud and haughty Normans.  Finally they unite with the other Tribes
+under William the Conqueror.  A proper insight into the work and mission
+of Benjamin will greatly aid one in interpreting the New Testament.  He
+was set apart as a missionary Tribe, and at once set to work to spread
+the Gospel of Jesus.  Most of the disciples were Benjaminites.  Then,
+after 800 years of fellowship with Judah, they were cut loose and sent
+after their brethren of the House of Israel.  It was needful that the
+Lion and the Unicorn should unite.
+
+
+
+MANASSEH AND EPHRAIM.
+
+
+The history of these two representative characters is worth your careful
+study.  The whole of the circumstances of Jacob blessing them must be
+accepted as Divinely directed.  Manasseh was to be a great people, and so
+I believe he is.  In the United States I find this promise literally
+fulfilled.  This is the Key to the settlement of this land; to the
+agitations of the Pilgrims and Puritans in England.  The mission, work,
+and place of the United States may be found in the prophecies relating to
+this Tribe.  Let anyone examine the great seal of the United States, and
+study its design, and surprise will fill the mind that facts, Providence,
+and prophecies do so wonderfully agree.  Take the obverse side.  Here you
+have an eagle with outstretched wings; the bird is perfect, not double
+headed and deformed, as in other cases where the eagle has been or is the
+national bird.  The striped escutcheon on its breast, in its beak a
+scroll, inscribed with a motto, "_E pluribus Unum_"--one out of many, as
+Manasseh was, and as the country is building up a grand nationality and
+oneness out of all nations nearly.  Over the head of the eagle there is a
+_glory_--the parting of clouds by light; in the opening appear 13 stars,
+forming a constellation argent, on an azure field.  In the dexter or
+right talon is an olive branch, a symbol of peace; in the sinister or
+left talon is a bundle of 13 arrows.  But it is on the reverse side of
+the great seal that we have a wonder.  Here we have an unfinished
+Pyramid; a portion of the top is gone, exactly the same as the Great
+Pyramid in Egypt is at this day--anticipating this very day (Isa. xix.
+19): "In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord.  And it shall be
+for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt."  Now it is somewhat singular that the Congress of 1782 should
+have adopted so remarkable a sign, one that would witness to God and tell
+of their origin.  The reverse side is the under side, and shows from
+whence the nation came, and on what it is built.  In the zenith--that is,
+above the top of the Pyramid--is a triangle surrounded by a glory; and in
+the centre is an all-seeing eye.  Over the eye we have _Annuit Coeptis_,
+which means, "_He prospers our beginning_."  On the base of the Pyramid
+we have in letters, 1776, and underneath the following motto--"_Novus
+ordo seclorum_," meaning a "New era in the ages."  The suggestion of the
+items upon the great seal was from Sir John Prestwich, Bart., an
+Englishman.  He gave the suggestions to the American Minister, John
+Adams, and thus the same were conveyed to Congress and adopted.
+
+We have in the facts of the great seal a series of coincidents that
+connect this country with the Tribe of Manasseh.  When the Tribes
+marched, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh went together on the West side
+of the ark, for their homes were Westward.  On their battalion banner was
+the figure of a youth, denoting activity, with the motto, "The cloud of
+Jehovah rest on them, even when they go forth out of the camp."  Here we
+have the origin of the cloud on the seal.  And when we remember that
+Manasseh was brought up at the foot of the Pyramid, and could see it from
+his palace home at Memphis, then we get a cue to the figure of the
+Pyramid on the seal. {23}
+
+
+
+PYRAMID.
+
+
+The Pyramid is a wonderful witness for God and His people.  This building
+in Egypt has stood for 4,000 years; finished and complete, it stood for
+about 3,000 before anybody ventured to find a way into it.  Then, at a
+great cost of men, money, and time, a way was forced in by an Arab chief.
+There surely is something remarkable that the only thing found in it
+should be a stone trough, and more singular to my mind, that the Ark of
+the Covenant and this stone trough should be of equal capacity; and the
+laver in which the priest washed his feet in the temple was exactly of
+the same size.  And Solomon's molten sea contained just as much water as
+would fill the King's Chamber in which this trough was found.  Can any
+man know these things and believe them to be accidental?  Verily not.
+They do most assuredly pledge a God and Providence.
+
+
+
+EPHRAIM.
+
+
+This word is not only the name of Joseph's son and the Tribe, but it is
+used quite frequently in a generic sense, and stands for the Ten Tribes
+and Manasseh.  To Reuben by birthright was the lead politically, but it
+was taken from him and given to Joseph, and so to Ephraim.  From Judah
+came the Chief Ruler--that is, Christ; but the birthright was Joseph's (1
+Chron. v. 1).
+
+
+
+THRONE OF DAVID.
+
+
+To this throne God pledged under oath a perpetuity.  Also He pledged that
+some one of David's seed should always be on it.  The throne and seed are
+pledged an unconditional existence.  This being so, it follows that they
+must be now in existence, and that finally all thrones will be swallowed
+up by this one.  Queen Victoria is of David, and the English throne is
+David's.  Hence all the promises and prophecies referring to David's
+throne may be found on this line.  For prophecy not being of private
+interpretation such facts may be proven.
+
+
+
+GENTILES.
+
+
+The word Gentile generally embraces all those nations and people outside
+of the Twelve Tribes.  Keeping these few distinctions in mind, you will
+be enabled to read the Bible interestingly and with the proper
+understanding.  Prophetic evidence is a strong kind of proof.  Study the
+Word on this line and you will find Providence and history lending
+glorious confirmation to the same.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND THE GATES.
+DISCOURSE II.
+
+
+ISRAEL--HOW THE GATES OF HIS ENEMIES ARE TO BE GIVEN HIM--BY THIS SIGN
+LOST ISRAEL MAY BE KNOWN--THE GIVING WILL CORRESPOND TO THE
+MULTIPLYING--THE PROMISE, IN THIS DAY, IS RAPIDLY FULFILLING--ENGLAND,
+DISRAELI AND "TANCRED," AND RUSSIA.
+
+    "That in blessing I will bless thee; and in multiplying, I will
+    multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is
+    upon the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his
+    enemies."--Gen. xxii. 17.
+
+Under a Divine oath was this prophetic promise made to Abraham.  At the
+time it was given Abraham had, by command, offered his only son Isaac,
+which offering, to all human appearance, would leave the old patriarch
+again childless; but his faith staggered not, for human incompetence does
+not circumscribe the bounds of Divine sufficience.  The God who commanded
+Abraham to offer, recalled the command at a certain stage of the
+fulfilment, counting the faith of Abraham for righteousness.  In
+Abraham's faith Isaac was really sacrificed; hence the Divine approval:
+"By Myself have I sworn, saith the Lord; for because thou hast done this
+thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I
+will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars
+of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed
+shall possess the gate of his enemies."  An oath with men in this day
+does not mean much in the way of confirmation, but not so with God's
+oath.  An oath ought to be sacred, and should be the end of doubt and
+strife.  God made a promise to Abraham, and because He could swear by no
+greater, He sware by Himself.  And Abraham lived to see the promise begin
+to fulfil, and to-day the heirs of Abraham may look and see the same
+promise fulfilling, for, as Paul says in Heb. vi. 17: "Wherein God,
+willing more abundantly to show unto the heirs of promise the
+immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by an oath."
+
+Who are the heirs of promise?  For to them belong many and precious
+promises, both spiritual and temporal.  Spiritually, they are to lead and
+be responsible for the evangelisation of the world.  Temporally, they are
+to be a numerous seed, a powerful people.  They are to occupy the ends of
+the earth, the uttermost parts of the earth, the coasts of the earth, the
+waste and the desolate places of the earth, the isles of the sea, the
+heathen, as an inheritance.  They are to inherit the Gentiles, and make
+the desolate cities to be inhabited; they are to be the chief of nations;
+they are to be a company of nations; they are to be a great people; they
+are to possess the gates of their enemies.  Surely such a people should
+be found, for all these things make it impossible for them to be hid in a
+corner.  One cannot help saying with the Psalmist: "Blessed is the nation
+whose God is the Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen for His own
+inheritance."
+
+In the English Court of Chancery are vast sums of money, large fortunes
+waiting for heirs.  The court frequently advertises for them, and many in
+every land respond and are eager to prove their claims; they are anxious
+to be known and accepted as the descendants and lawful heirs of certain
+testators.  It is oftentimes difficult to establish their claims and
+prove satisfactorily their identity.  The court demands that the
+evidences of heirship be very definite.  In this they are right.  But we
+venture to say that even the English Court of Chancery would not turn
+away a claimant who had all the distinct marks and abounding evidence of
+identity that mark and characterise the children of Abraham, especially
+so in the latter day, for then these characteristics are to be clearer
+and fuller.
+
+The Jews are known; they have been known all down the centuries; they
+have not been able to hide themselves.  In keeping with the Word of God
+they have fulfilled up to the present time the prophecies attaching to
+them.  In all the world they are estimated to number some nine millions.
+The Jews include the children of Judah and Levi; these Two Tribes only.
+The Jews themselves consent to this statement, and allow that the
+descendants of Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher,
+Naphtali, Joseph, and Benjamin, are lost, but not extinct.  They are in
+the world, for God has not cast away His people for ever.  If the Two
+Tribes give us nine millions, how many should we expect the Ten Tribes to
+furnish?  Most certainly not less than forty-five millions.  To the Ten
+Tribes the special promises of fruitfulness were given.  To the Ten
+Tribes belong a greater portion of prophecy; and in the history of the
+world more is allotted to Israel than to Judah.  Indeed, the world's
+history pivots on the Ten Lost Tribes.
+
+I believe you know the God-revealed distinction between the words Israel
+and Judah.  You know that they have a distinct history.  Their place and
+work, promises and blessings, chastisements and rebukes, are as distinct
+and different as silver and gold.
+
+The spiritual heirs of Abraham are all who are embraced in the saving and
+atoning covenant of grace in Christ.  I do not say all who believe, for
+there will be more in heaven without faith than those with--namely, all
+those who have died before the years of responsibility, with many of the
+Pagan world who, never having heard of a Saviour, have therefore never
+denied Him.  In a spiritual sense, they are children.  I believe in this
+matter with Paul, who says, when writing to the Romans, chap. ii.: "There
+is no respect of persons with God; for as many as have sinned without law
+shall also perish without law, and as many as have sinned in the law
+shall be judged by the law.  For when the Gentiles, which have not the
+law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the
+law, are a law unto themselves; which show the work of the law written in
+their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts
+the meanwhile accusing, or else excusing one another."  Thus, under the
+law which governs the Pagan, I presume many will be saved and many lost,
+just as under the law of the Gospel.  In Abraham all nations were to be
+blessed, spiritually.  In this sense Abraham's seed embraces persons of
+every age, clime, and race.
+
+But who are the seed of Abraham according to the flesh?  We answer, the
+descendants of the Twelve Tribes.  Now to the natural seed the Bible
+assigns a distinct work and place.  This natural seed is divided in the
+Bible, the word Israel standing generally for the Ten Tribes, and Judah
+for Two Tribes.  These divisions have separate paths appointed them to
+walk in through the centuries.  "All the House of Israel wholly," "the
+whole House of Israel," "all the House of Israel," have a special work.
+The Ten Tribes are especially called in the Scriptures the seed of
+Abraham.  Sometimes "My chosen," again "Mine inheritance," and "My
+servant."  God, in referring to them in their scattered state, and of His
+gathering them together, says (Isa. xli. 8): "But thou, Israel, art My
+servant, Jacob, whom I have chosen; the seed of Abraham My friend--thou
+whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the
+chief men thereof, and said unto thee, Thou art My servant; I have chosen
+thee and not cast thee away."  The Ten Tribes are sometimes designated by
+the word Jacob.  If we once get a clear idea who the seed are, then we
+can search among the people of the earth to find them, because in the
+latter day they were to be so different from other people, and distinctly
+marked, we will have no great difficulty in finding them.  Of the special
+marks, one was they were to possess the gates of their enemies.  The
+multitudinous seed and other characteristics we will pass by for the
+present.
+
+This seed were to possess the gates of their enemies; of this we are
+assured by the oath of God.  The word gate here, you will admit, is used
+in a generic sense.  It means a place of prominence, a position of
+strength, a strategetic point, as the entrance into a city.  Remembering
+that in olden times the cities were walled around, the gate was an
+important point of defence; or, as the narrow entrance into a bay, like
+the entrance into New York Bay or port, the Narrows we call them.  Here
+the cities of New York and Brooklyn could best and first be defended.
+Again, a gate in the general vernacular means any stronghold: a tower, an
+island, a mountain pass.  Now, of this seed it is plainly stated that
+they shall possess the gates of their enemies.
+
+The text would be very finely illustrated if we supposed that Mexico held
+Governor's Island, in the middle of our bay, and defiantly dictated to us
+doctrines of trade, politics, and religion.  As arrogant and as impudent
+as this would seem, yet such is the case with this seed of Abraham and
+other nations.  Believing that the Saxon race are the Ten Lost Tribes, it
+then follows that the English nation is the chief representative of these
+Tribes, and that they should be in possession of the gates of their
+enemies.  Are they?  We answer, yes.  And every year confirms and makes
+more clear the answer.  This you say is a theory.  Grant it.  You know
+that in science a theory is formed and then applied.  If you form a
+theory about the tides or formation of the planets, or this world, your
+theory with others is applied to known facts to see if it will fit them,
+to see if it will account for them, and to see if it is in harmony with
+the same.  Now science accepts that theory which applies best, that which
+accounts for facts the most reasonably, and harmonises the most
+naturally.  Such theory is then the science of the day, and will be so
+accepted and so taught until it is supplanted by a better.  Try, then,
+the theory I have advanced by these rules.
+
+Take the Islands of Jersey and Guernsey in the English Channel, between
+England and France, nearer to the French shore than England; the
+inhabitants, being a majority of them French, speaking French.  Yet when
+France was England's greatest and most dangerous enemy, England held
+then, as now, the gates of her enemies.  Properly speaking, and adjudged
+by any human rule, they belong to France--as naturally as the island of
+Heligoland, at the month of the Elbe, belongs to Germany.  Gibraltar,
+Malta, Cyprus, Suez Canal, Island of Perim in the Straits of Babelmandeb
+in the Red Sea, and Socotra, in the same sea; also Aden in the Red Sea,
+covering Arabia; Peshawur, the very entrance of or from India into
+Afghanistan.  In and around the vast empire of India you have Bombay,
+Calcutta, Madras, with many similar strongholds; Rangoon, on the Irawady
+river, commanding and even menacing Burmah.  The vast empire of China is
+carefully guarded and held in check by such gates as Singapore, Malacca,
+Penang, Hong Kong and Cowloon.  Sarawak in Borneo, and Labuan off the
+coasts, are such gates.  Africa is being gradually gobbled up; her
+strongholds and vast areas of country are falling into the hands of
+England; the coasts are fast coming under British rule.  Recently England
+has come into possession of three gates--namely, the island of Socotra,
+near the Red Sea, the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean, and the
+Sublime Porte, the lofty gateway, Constantinople.  And it is now rumoured
+that England is negotiating with Portugal for Delogoa Bay in
+South-eastern Africa; price, three million dollars.  But this people are
+not satisfied with all these gates.  They want--and they will get what
+they want in a very short time, thank Heaven; not what they
+deserve!--they want the famous Khyber Pass.  This pass is a narrow road
+between mountain rocks that rise over two thousand feet at the lowest
+point.  It is some twenty-eight miles long, while for twenty-two miles
+the average width is only 150 feet.  The Eastern end the English already
+hold, called the Peshawur Pass.
+
+Afghanistan is a country in Asia.  It is about the size of England, 460
+miles from North to South, and 430 from East to West.  On the North it is
+bounded by Turkestan, East by India, South by Beloochistan, and West by
+Persia.  The population numbers about 7,000,000.  They are as wild as the
+country is broken and irregular.  They are chiefly agriculturists.  The
+country is rich in minerals and timber.  In time past they have seldom
+been at peace, being very generally at war among themselves.  Afghan is a
+Persian word, and means that which is wrapped around--no doubt having
+reference to the mountain chain that hems in the whole land.  The people
+themselves, however, name their country Vilayet, which means the land of
+our ancestors.  They claim that in their country lived Adam and his
+children, also Noah and his.  They say they had in their possession once
+the ark of the covenant, but they have lost it.  While it was with them,
+if they took it into battle, victory was sure to be theirs.  At the
+present time they have Noah's ark.  It is embedded in the ground, with a
+portion protruding out, which pilgrims to the top of Dera Ismael
+Khan--that is, the sacred mountain of Israel--are permitted to see and
+touch.  Many have supposed the Afghans to be the Ten Lost Tribes.  It has
+been the folly of many of the learned, in time past, to hunt for, and
+actually expect to find, the chosen of God in some out-of-the-way place;
+to find them few, poor, and deluded--the poorer, the fewer, and the more
+wretched, the better.  Hence, the wild Indians of the continent, the
+bushmen of Africa, the aborigines of Australia, the Laplanders of the
+North, and many such have been chosen of men--though not of God.
+
+The Afghan country, no doubt, once had intercourse with Palestine.
+During Solomon's reign many Jews left the land as merchants.  Solomon
+built store cities in Hamath, Tadmor in the wilderness, and many others.
+These store cities were on the great highway which he made through the
+desert, so as to bring the trade of Dedan and Sheba to Jerusalem.  That
+Hebrew names are given to the mountains, places, rivers, and persons, no
+one can deny; but such does not prove them to be the Lost Tribes--it
+shows away back Jewish influence and intercourse.  They do not speak the
+Hebrew, but two languages called the Pukhtu and Pushtu.  In either
+language there are few, if any, traces of the Hebrew.  No doubt the Lost
+Tribes, after being scattered into Central Asia, when taken captive about
+725 B.C., wandered, some of them into Afghan, and probably for a time
+settled there, and gave names to the country.  The Afghans themselves
+went into the country from India, and as the Tribes moved Westward they
+left the Afghans in possession.
+
+The Afghan country comes now into great importance because it is on the
+highway of the march of Israelitish civilisation and progress.  England
+wants it; and I predict she shall get it.  Russia wants it, and at
+present seems to have the upper hand; but Russia or England, or the
+world, can avail nothing against the purposes of Jehovah.  The gates are
+promised to Israel, therefore she will get them.  The English have
+already an army of 35,000 men in the Peshawur Valley.  Russia is
+gathering a force, and ere long the two countries will be brought face to
+face.  The end of the whole muddle will be that England will take charge
+of Afghan.  Thirty-three years ago Disraeli wrote his novel called
+"Tancred."  In this novel he makes the Queen of England the Empress of
+India, and one of her favourite officers is made Earl Beaconsfield; so
+far fancy has become fact.  But in that same novel the future of the
+present strife has been set forth.  It has been very finely put by the
+London _Spectator_:--
+
+"There is a story going about, founded, we believe, on good authority,
+that when some one quoted 'Tancred,' two or three months ago, in Lord
+Beaconsfield's presence, the Prime Minister remarked: 'Ah!  I perceive
+you have been reading "Tancred."  That is a work to which I refer more
+and more every year--not for amusement, but for instruction.'  And if
+anyone will take the trouble just now to refresh his memory of 'Tancred,'
+he will see how much Lord Beaconsfield has borrowed from it in relation
+to his policy.  Turn, for instance, to this passage: 'If I were an Arab
+in race as well as in religion,' said Tancred, 'I would not pass my life
+in schemes to govern mere mountain tribes.'  'I'll tell you,' said the
+Emir, springing from his divan, and flinging the tube of his nargileh to
+the other end of the tent, 'the game is in our own hands if we have
+energy.  There is a combination which would entirely change the whole
+face of the world and bring back empire to the East.  Though you are not
+the brother to the Queen of the English, you are, nevertheless, a great
+English prince, and the Queen will listen to what you say, especially if
+you talk to her as you talk to me, and say such fine things in such a
+beautiful voice.  Nobody ever opened my mind like you.  You will
+magnetise the Queen as you have magnetised me.  Go back to England and
+arrange this.  You see, gloss over it as they may, one thing is clear, it
+is finished with England . . . Let the Queen of the English collect a
+great fleet, let her stow away all her treasure, bullion, plate, and
+precious arms; be accompanied by all her court and chief people, and
+transfer the seat of her empire from London to Delhi.  There she will
+find an immense empire ready-made, a first-rate army, and a large
+revenue.  In the meantime I will arrange with Mehemet Ali.  He shall have
+Bagdad and Mesopotamia, and pour the Bedouin cavalry into Persia.  I will
+take care of Syria and Asia Minor.  The only way to manage the Afghans is
+by Persia and by the Arabs.  We will acknowledge the Empress of India as
+our suzerain, and secure for her the Levantine coast.  If she like, she
+shall have Alexandria, as she now has Malta.  It could be arranged.  Your
+Queen is young.  She has an _avenir_.  Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel will
+never give her this advice; their habits are formed.  They are too old,
+two _ruses_.  But you see! the greatest empire that ever existed; besides
+which she gets rid of the embarrassment of her chambers! and quite
+practicable!  For the only difficult part, the conquest of India, which
+baffled Alexander, is all done.'  Who can avoid seeing that Lord
+Beaconsfield has been quite recently referring to this passage--'not,' as
+he said, 'for amusement, but for instruction?'  These are all the ideas
+of his recent policy in germ--especially the treatment of the British
+Empire as having its centre of gravity in the far East--the use of the
+Indian Army for conquest to be made in Western Asia--the acquisition of
+the Levantine coast for Great Britain--the active alliance between the
+British power and the Mohammedan power--and last, not least, the getting
+rid, to a great extent at least, by the help of Indian leverage, of 'the
+embarrassment of the chambers.'  For the last eight months, at least,
+English policy has evidently been borrowed from 'Tancred.'  The monarch,
+for anything we know, has been 'magnetised.'  The Cabinet assuredly have.
+Lord Derby and Lord Carnarvon have been treated much as the Emir in
+'Tancred' would have treated 'Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel'--thrown aside
+as two 'ruses.'"
+
+England has indeed adopted an Oriental policy, and forward she must go to
+execute Jehovah's purpose.  Russia is preparing on a gigantic scale.  In
+Prussia the most flourishing branch of trade among the Germans at present
+is the manufacturing of arms for Russia.  Though the late war be over,
+still Russia is buying ships, and fitting them out in this country.  She
+feels bitterly her defeat through English diplomacy: England taking
+Cyprus, assuming protection over Asiatic Turkey, and making Russia yield
+back to Turkey 30,700 geographical miles which was contained in the
+original Treaty of San Stefano.  The following from the Government organ
+of Russia will give you some idea of her chagrin.
+
+The St. Petersburg _Golos_ says that the Treaty of Berlin has produced an
+almost crushing impression on the Russian public.  "It is felt that
+Russia has not attained her object; that she has been deceived by her
+friends, and that she has foolishly helped her enemies with her victories
+. . .  What is the reason of our failure?  One-half per cent. of our
+population have perished in the war, hundreds of millions have been
+expended, and yet the Eastern Question is not solved and the Treaty of
+Berlin is merely a truce.  The last war has clearly shown all our
+national peculiarities as well as our moral and material strength . . .
+All the military requirements which depended on the inbred qualities of
+the Russian soldier were brilliantly carried out; but where knowledge and
+preparation were demanded we were not equal to the task.  It was probably
+for this reason that we felt so much hurt on reading of the boldness of
+Lord Beaconsfield, who doubtless reckoned on the superior culture of
+Englishmen to that of Russians.  All classes of Russian society are
+responsible for this.  We do not estimate culture and knowledge at their
+true value.  Most of us say that mental work does not bring money, and
+that culture is a means of corruption . . . In Western Europe, on the
+other hand, people have arrived by hard experience at the conviction that
+intelligence, capacity, culture, and energy, bring men to the front, and
+give them peace at home and power abroad.  It is the knowledge of how to
+make the best possible use of their energy and abilities that has enabled
+the English to derive success from our victories and sacrifices.  May
+this be a lesson to us."
+
+But enough; one knows the end ere they begin, for the Word of God is
+true.  We do not argue that the English are so much smarter than other
+people; no, but we account for their success because they are the
+executive nation of Divine Providence.  It falls to the lot of those who
+do not believe this theory to account for their success without allowing
+them to be smarter.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND TERRITORY.
+DISCOURSE III.
+
+
+PROMISES TO ISRAEL--MATERIAL NATURE--LOCATION OF THE TRIBES IN CHRIST'S
+DAY--GOD'S PROVIDENCE--BRITISH AND AMERICAN RULE--LIFE FROM THE
+DEAD--TEACHING THE NATIONS PEACEFUL ARBITRATION--ENGLAND AND
+RUSSIA--AFGHANISTAN FALLS TO ANGLO-ISRAEL--GOD'S POLITICAL
+GEOGRAPHY--ANGLO-SAXON EVANGELISATION--RUSSIA OPPOSING IT--BRITISH AND
+RUSSIAN OUTPOSTS IN CONTACT--WAIL OF JUDAH--EARTH'S GIRDLE.
+
+    "Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the
+    curtains of thine habitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords, and
+    strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand
+    and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make
+    the desolate cities to be inhabited."--Isa. liv. 2, 3.
+
+In the writings of the prophets the feminine gender is often used when
+speaking of the House of Israel, and the masculine when denoting the
+House of Judah.  Quite frequently Israel is spoken of as a divorced
+woman, as being cast off, and as being barren.  Judah remaining faithful
+to the throne of David and the temple service, and abiding in the land
+much longer than Israel, is presented as one married.  So you will
+understand Jeremiah iii. 8, when he says: "And I saw, when for all the
+causes whereby backsliding Israel committed adultery I had put her away,
+and given her a bill of divorce."  Again, Isaiah l. 1: "Thus saith the
+Lord, Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement whom I have put
+away?"  Yet, though Israel was divorced, forsaken, cast off, and
+desolate, she was to have more children than married Judah.  So the verse
+preceding the text says: "Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear; break
+forth into singing, and cry aloud thou that didst not travail with child;
+for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the
+married wife, saith the Lord."  Then come the words of the text bidding
+her enlarge the place of her tent, or dwelling-place, to stretch forth
+her curtains, so as to cover over the new-gotten habitations.  To spare
+not--that is, to be not tardy, or slow--in lengthening out her
+cords--that is, her influence--and strengthen her stakes--that is, her
+authority; but to break forth on every hand where there is an opening,
+and inherit the seed of the Gentiles, and make the languishing and
+poverty-stricken cities of the nations to be inhabited; in this conquest
+to go on and fear not.
+
+These exhortations are given, and promises are made to Israel after she
+had left Palestine.  No one can say truthfully that they have yet been
+fulfilled in no degree or sense, unless they find such fulfilment in the
+conquests of the Saxon race.  These predictions cannot apply to the Jews,
+for they are few, nationless, and without a government.  Touching the
+past history of both Judah and Israel in Palestine, we shall find it to
+be barren of victories, territory, acquisition, and number, in comparison
+to other nations.  They have never occupied the land given to Abraham in
+fulness.  In Solomon's time they bare rule only over a part of it.  The
+Gentiles and heathens have occupied it more and longer than the sons of
+Abraham.  But what failed to be accomplished in the past, is held grandly
+in reserve for this day, the next few years.  God will remember His
+promise to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and David.  He will remember it to
+fulfil it, in spite of hell or earth.
+
+We have been blind and guilty in the past, unconscious of our origin, and
+as a natural consequence, ignorant of our place and special work.  In
+interpreting the Word of God we have been lavish in spiritualising, and
+greedy in materialising, overlooking the fact that nine-tenths of the Old
+Testament is a material history about one people, and that through them
+God's special providence was to flow to all other nations; and the New
+Testament plants the life and prosperity of the Gentile world upon the
+course and progress of Israel.  God said to Abraham, "In thee shall all
+the families of the earth be blessed:" and more, "and in thy seed shall
+all the nations of the earth be blessed."  Israel, being scattered and
+cast off, became a blessing to the world.  They gave to the surrounding
+nations the only true idea of God, for in their lowest condition and
+idolatry they preserved the name and knowledge of Jehovah, and Christ
+sent His disciples after them through one of their own Tribe--namely,
+Benjamin--telling them not to go into the way of the Gentiles, nor into
+the cities of the Samaritans, "but go rather to the lost sheep of the
+House of Israel."  To these sheep Christ declares He was sent.  Where
+were these sheep?  They were scattered about in Central Asia--in
+Scriptural language in Cappadocia, Galatia, Pamphylia, Lydia, Bithynia,
+and round about Illyricum.  From these very regions came the Saxons: from
+here they spread abroad North and West, being the most Christian of any
+people on the face of the earth then, as well as now.  Their reception of
+the Gospel gave them power over the surrounding nations, to whom they
+were, as it had been foretold, witnesses for Jesus and providence in a
+very special manner.  What then, we say with Paul, will be the blessing
+of Israel--recognized and fully restored to God's favour?  If so much
+good was carried and bestowed upon the Gentile nations because Israel was
+scattered, how much, and what are the blessings in store for those
+nations when Israel and Judah be restored?  Paul compares it to a
+resurrection--like as when the barrenness and desolation of a Winter is
+supplanted by the fruits and beauties of Summer.  "If the casting away of
+them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them
+be, but life from the dead?" (Rom. xi. 15).
+
+It is reasonable to suppose that this world is subject to the providence
+of God.  Such a supposition is grandly sustained by the laws and
+operations of nature without, and the experience and intuitions of the
+mind within; and I believe this providence to be all-comprehensive,
+bounding, and cognising all things, past, present, and future, both small
+and great; claiming the ages for its measure, the universe for the field
+of its operations, and the Infinite as the source of power.  "The Lord
+Jehovah reigns, let the earth rejoice."  Let me persuade you to
+thoroughly believe in the precision, the intimacy, and the completeness
+of this providence.  This doctrine we need to fully learn and accept.
+"In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth," and it is He
+"who hath measured the waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out
+heaven with a span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure,
+and weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a balance."  Aye,
+and more, yet closer still does this providence approach us in our
+affairs.  "By Him kings reign and princes decree judgment.  He bringeth
+the princes to nothing; He maketh the judges of the earth as vanity."
+Even closer yet, for without His permission a sparrow cannot fall to the
+ground; and so intimate is He with us, that He knoweth the number of the
+hairs of the head.  Now all this kind of Bible instruction is intended to
+teach the nearness of God to us, and His interest and intimacy with
+nations and nature.  Let us not think for a moment that nations can rush
+to war and be outside this circle of providence.  Let us study to know
+God's mind, His plans and purposes with the nations; for rest satisfied
+that His plan will finally be accepted by men and nations, and His
+purposes will prevail.  Kings may plan, diplomatists may diplomatise,
+scientists may analyse, theologians may teach and preach their isms, and
+politicians may make platforms and construct rings, yet none, nor all
+combined, can stay the hand of God.  "He doeth according to His will in
+the armies of heaven and among the inhabitants of the earth."  He can
+initiate, permit, modify, and destroy.  Once we truly recognise the
+sovereignty of God over us, conceit will lie dead at the feet of
+humility.
+
+The Church at large has but a slender hold upon this great doctrine.
+They look upon the great movement of wars and strife, rising and falling
+of nations, as looks the country stranger upon a railway engine the first
+time, the whirling wheels, the steam and smoke and burnished boiler rivet
+his attention so completely, that he sees not the driver in his car.  So
+men are dazed with the show of pomp of courts and councils, with the
+harangues of legislators and march of regiments, that they discern not
+the master hand behind that directs all.  "Verily, Thou art a God that
+hidest Thyself."  No, no, friends; English bravery, nor American
+ingenuity will not account for all that England has done on the line of
+victories, and the marvellous and rapid growth of these United States.
+As God said long ago through Moses, so He could say to-day--for heavenly
+counsel was given to the children of Israel on entering the Promised
+Land, with a design of suppressing their pride and enabling them to form
+a correct idea of their success in driving the strong and greater nations
+of Canaanites and Philistines--"Speak not thou in thine heart, after that
+the Lord thy God hath cast them out from before thee saying: For my
+righteousness the Lord hath brought me in to possess this land; but for
+the wickedness of these nations the Lord doth drive them out from before
+thee.  Not for thy righteousness, or the uprightness of thine heart, dost
+thou go to possess the land, but for the wickedness of those nations the
+Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee, that He may perform
+the word which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and
+Jacob.  Understand, therefore, that the Lord thy God giveth thee not this
+good land to possess it for thy righteousness, for thou art a
+stiff-necked people" (Deut. ix. 4).
+
+By the same rule and for the very same reason that Israel conquered
+Palestine, does England go on from conquest to conquest.  And because God
+remembered to perform His promises made to the patriarchs upon their
+seed, America was opened for the Puritans, who are without doubt the
+descendants and representatives of Manasseh, of whom God said "he should
+be a people, a great people."
+
+The rule of England and America over other people, is to be as life from
+the dead--that is, whatsoever country England conquers and rules, it is
+better for the people, and the country, and the world.  They give to the
+people a liberty that they would not have given to themselves; they
+develop the resources of the country as never before, and by trade and
+commerce bless the people and cause them to be a blessing unto others.
+And better still, they make known to the conquered ones, in due time, the
+riches of faith in Christ.  So we have no hesitation in saying, a thing
+patent to every unprejudiced observer, that the aborigines of the
+conquered colonies of Great Britain are treated better by their
+conquerors than they ever treated themselves.  The Africans, in the
+conquered colonies of Africa, are better off under British rule than
+those colonies or portions unconquered are.  The hosts of India enjoy
+more, fare better in every grace and virtue in all that goes to adorn and
+develop mankind, under the British government and protection than they
+ever did or would under self-government.  So the French, Germans,
+Italians, Russians, Spaniards, and the numerous progeny of emigrants to
+this country, fare better in every way with Manasseh, than they did in
+their own lands.  Of course, both in England's rule and America's, there
+are many defects; but taking all in all, the good will out-weigh the bad;
+and more so as the years roll on.
+
+True, an arbitrary purpose and an individualism is seen on the surface,
+yet under it all there is the hand of God.  The farmer is free as to what
+he sows, but the Divine, without interfering with his freedom, regulates
+the harvest to plenty or famine.  The Saxon people, England and America,
+stand in a new light to the world by the teachings of the Bible.  Being
+Israel or the Ten Lost Tribes, they become at once the chosen agents of
+God for the glorious purpose of evangelising the whole world, and
+finally, by reducing the whole earth to the plane of universal liberty
+and peace.
+
+It was necessary that these two nations should first be taught the art of
+mediation, for the ends of peace; that they should learn and show to the
+world that national disputes and grievances can be settled without an
+appeal to the sword.  Hence we have, and what is much better, the world
+has, Geneva and Alabama and the fish bounty treaty of Canada and the
+United States.  Not all the press did on either side, nor all the carping
+and blustering of individuals, could prevent the happy consummation of
+both these treaties.  To God be praise, for they are prophetic harbingers
+of a better day coming.
+
+No hand nor power, nor combination of powers, can stop the onward march
+of Israel to her God-ordained goal.  Her future is to spread on the right
+hand and on the left.  Island after island, colony after colony, will
+fall into her hands for mutual benefit.  Russia may contest this march,
+and will, for she is as much the appointed agent of contest from Heaven
+as England is to advance.  In a few years she will try to take the place
+of England among the nations, as she has just done in Afghan.  Russia
+promised, no doubt, that she would and could protect the Ameer against
+England, but the bargain was outside of the aims of Providence, hence it
+could not be sustained.  It is ordained of Heaven that Afghan fall into
+the hands of England, if England be Israel.
+
+Against this fate-like division of the world Russia is going to contend
+and fight whenever she gets a chance.  It would pay Russia and many other
+countries to read that "When the Most High divided to the nations their
+inheritance, when He separated the sons of Adam, He set the bounds of the
+people according to the children of Israel" (Deut. xxxii. 8).  These
+bounds God will maintain wherever they run; whatever country they cut in
+two, no matter, the earth must finally conform to this Divine geography.
+This purpose is strongly set forth by Isaiah xliv. 7: "And who, as I,
+shall call and shall declare it, and set it in order for Me, since I
+appointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming and shall
+come."  This same sturdy fact is taught by Paul when speaking to the
+Athenians, telling them that God "hath made of one blood all nations of
+men to dwell on the face of the earth, _and hath determined the times
+before appointed_, _and the bounds of their habitations_."  National
+destinies are not so much things of chance, or prizes for the sword, as
+many think.  God promised to David, when both Israel and Judah were
+prosperously settled in Palestine under David's reign, that He would
+appoint a place for His people Israel, and plant them there, and they
+should not be moved, neither should the wicked afflict them, as aforetime
+(2 Sam. vii. 10.)  This promise God has kept.  He has given them the
+British Isles, where none can afflict them, as they were wont to do when
+Israel was scattered in Asia and Europe.  God has found Manasseh a home
+in this land of blessings and rich acres.
+
+England, by a necessity, was forced to find new countries to provide for
+her multiplying population.  Then she is forced to enter other nations as
+a missionary.  She, with Manasseh, is chiefly responsible for the
+evangelisation of the world, and of course they are at work all over the
+world, for England and the United States send out more missionaries than
+all the world beside.  Russia needs no land for colonisation, for now her
+inhabitants number only thirty-four to the square mile, while England
+numbers 889.  If we take in all the territory under Russia and England,
+even then England has more to the square mile than Russia.  Russia
+comprises about 8,000,000 square miles, and England, with her late
+additions, leaving out the United States, numbers about 9,000,000.
+Joining Ephraim and Manasseh together, they own one-fourth of the whole
+world--namely, about 13,000,000 square miles; the whole earth numbers
+51,340,800 square miles.  Besides, Russia is not a missionary country.
+She neither sends any, nor accepts any, being at present the only nation
+closed to missionary operation and toleration.  The past few years Russia
+has gained rapidly in territorial power.  With the conquest of Bokhara
+and portions of Turkestan, or Independent Tartary, she has added some
+800,000 square miles.
+
+At the beginning of the last century the Russian advance forts were 2,500
+miles distant from those of England.  At the close of the century the
+distance was 2,000.  Then in 1810 it was reduced to 1,000.  And since
+1855 it has been reduced to 400.  And now, of course, they want it
+reduced to nothing by getting control of Afghan.
+
+How wonderfully clear are the fulfilling events of the prophecy.  This
+king of the North is to become a strong king, who, when Israel and Judah
+are settled in Palestine, will have spirit and power to attack them.  So
+he is ripening, growing, and gathering power ready.  Russia now comprises
+nine crowns, eight of which are crowns of conquest.  Russia's one grand
+desire is to possess Palestine, especially Jerusalem.  The Crimean war
+was waged for rights and extended privileges in this holy city.  To-day
+Russian pilgrims swarm thither by the thousands every year.  A few years
+ago she built outside the Jaffa gate what she called an hospice, which
+was designed to be nothing more nor less than a fort.  It is in a
+position commanding the whole city, and is a place of great strength.
+Often she has tried to possess the city and land.  By-and-bye she will be
+permitted by Providence to pour her troops into this "land of unwalled
+villages," and when having nearly achieved the ambitious plan of ages,
+and nearly realised her one great national idea, she will perish, to rise
+no more, "on the mountains of Israel."  Her history is set forth by
+Ezekiel xxxviii. and xxxix. chapters.
+
+Palestine and Jerusalem have borne undeniable evidence for prophecy and
+Providence.  The whole land and the Book have been wonderfully agreed
+during the past eighteen centuries.  How significant and telling the
+wailings and lamentations of the devout Jews, who crowd under the walls
+of the mosque of Omar, the site of the ancient temple.  Here, each
+returning Sabbath, groups of Jews may be heard dolefully crying: "_Ali
+bene_, _Ali bene_; _bene bethka_; _bekarob_, _bimheira_, _bimheira_;
+_beyamenue_, _bekarob_," which, being interpreted, means, "Lord build,
+Lord build; build Thy house speedily, in haste, in haste; even in our day
+build Thy house speedily."  Yes, mourning brethren of Judah, the time is
+coming when the house shall be built and the voice of wailing no more
+heard in the streets.
+
+Can any student or inquirer after the truth fail to see that in our day a
+prophecy is being fulfilled?  Can any one shut their eyes to the
+wonderful fact that Israel is breaking forth on the left and on the
+right?  God has long ago said that Israel were the people of His
+inheritance, and that Jacob was the lot of His inheritance, or His
+girdle, or cord, as the word lot means.  Then, if you turn your attention
+to Great Britain and her colonies, including Manasseh, you will see this
+girdle or measuring line around the earth.  Let me aid you by pointing
+the same out for you.  Look at the Eastern hemisphere circle, enclosing
+the Gentile nations.  Begin with Great Britain; pass on to the Channel
+Islands, Gibraltar, Malta, Cyprus, West Coast African Colonies, St.
+Helena, Cape Colonies, Mauritius, Seychelles, Perim, Aden, Ceylon, India,
+Burmah, Straits Settlements, Labuan, Australian Colonies, Hong Kong, and
+the Dominion of Canada.  In the Western hemisphere commence the circle
+with Canada and United States, Fiji Islands, New Zealand, Falkland
+Islands, British Guiana, British Honduras, West India Islands, and
+Newfoundland.  Do we not plainly see that Israel is possessing "the isles
+of the sea," "coasts of the earth," "waste and desolate places?"  These
+things are not hid in a corner; they proclaim the intentions of God, an
+over-ruling Providence; and who and where the Lost Tribes are.  A miracle
+and prophecy are fulfilling before our eyes.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND POPULATION.
+DISCOURSE IV.
+
+
+PROPHETIC LATTER DAYS--OUR BEARINGS IN THE AGES--UNWISE
+IMPATIENCE--ISRAEL TO BE ALWAYS A NATION--HER EMPIRE--HISTORIC CAREER OF
+AND FUTURE OF ENGLAND, AMERICA, AND JUDAH--RELATIVE INCREASE OF
+POPULATION--THE INFIDEL SAXON--JEWISH, BRITISH, AND AMERICAN INTERESTS
+ONE--A FULL END OF ALL NATIONS BUT ISRAEL--FAMINE HENCEFORTH ONLY FOR THE
+HEATHEN--ARBITRATION TO BE ENFORCED BY ISRAEL--AMERICAN
+ABSORBTION--STARTLING FIGURES OF FUTURE POPULATION--THE BALANCE OF POWER.
+
+    "Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the
+    sea, which cannot be measured or numbered; and it shall come to pass
+    that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people,
+    there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living
+    God."--Hosea i. 10.
+
+A period of time is frequently referred to in the Scriptures as being the
+"latter days."  It is, therefore, very important for the prophetic
+student, and the Church of Christ at large, that the time of days spoken
+of should be known.  For connected with these days are a number of
+prophecies waiting fulfilment, and they are of such a nature that their
+fulfilment may easily be discerned.  In breadth and scope they cover much
+territory and include many people.  They cannot be hid in a corner, for
+the parts are so numerous and the interests so great.  The fulfilment of
+these prophecies will make a radical and fundamental change in Church and
+State.
+
+I take it for granted we are now entering into the time of the latter
+days--a time that precedes by a natural consequence the millennium.  It
+is, therefore, unwise on the part of any person to claim that Christ may
+come any day, and that His millennial reign may be begun at any moment.
+It is but fair that we should carefully consider our bearings in the
+circle of Providence and our position in the ages.  The story and work of
+redemption are grand, full of interest and thrilling incidents; still we
+must take things in their order.  Some stories we read are very
+fascinating.  The plot culminates, the characters and incidents converge
+toward and centre in the hero.  At such a point we are often carried away
+with our sympathy for the hero; we become anxious for him, and desires to
+know the issues, and so are tempted to skip a few pages and get at the
+end unwisely and unlawfully.  Thus I think many are carried away by a
+loving desire for the millennium; they become anxious for the return of
+the Hero of redemption; they skip a few pages of Providence, and come to
+the end too soon.
+
+These days are preparative, and in such a preparative stage we are
+warranted to look for the fulfilment of certain prophecies; for
+prophecies, indeed, of such a nature and character that no Bible student
+need be mistaken as to the time, place, and conditions of fulfilment.  We
+have called your attention to one of these prophecies, and pointed out to
+you how the same was literally fulfilling before the eyes of all.  God,
+in olden times, made promises to Abraham, the patriarchs, and their seed.
+These promises were nothing more nor less than prophecies.  He attested
+the same by His own oath.  He called to witness the sun, moon, stars,
+sea, night, day, the seasons, seedtime and harvest.  These He called His
+ordinances.  These ordinances may depart from before Him, but the seed of
+Israel should not cease to be a nation.  They were not only to be a
+nation, but a company of nations.  To this end, in the latter days, they
+were to come in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of the
+earth, waste and desolate places; to inherit the seed of the Gentiles,
+and cause their desolate cities to be filled.  They were to possess and
+rule over the heathen.  In the latter days they were to possess Edom and
+Esau--that is, Turkey--and so come in possession of their own land,
+Palestine.  Now I call you to witness, and ask you if these things are
+so?  Before your eyes, before mine, before the eyes of all the world, God
+is fulfilling His promises made to the fathers.
+
+The very exceptions to the sweeping and comprehensive possessions of the
+seed of Jacob are pyramidal witnesses to the same.  The House of Judah
+was to become homeless, without a nation and without a government, after
+they left Palestine; but to be a people known by the race feature, and by
+their unwavering adherence, attachment, and fidelity to the Mosaic
+worship.  This exception all can see, and none can truthfully deny.  They
+have had money and men enough to buy and rule a nation, but as yet they
+have none.  Their talent, their ability, and their money, have been the
+chief factor in the rule, prosperity, and greatness of many nations in
+the past as well as now.  And the second conception is not less grand and
+conclusive.  Let any one inquire what was to be the portion of the Tribe
+of Manasseh, and they will find that Manasseh was to be a distinct
+people, a great people; for so said the dying patriarch Jacob.  Now such
+a people, a great people, we hold Manasseh to be at this day in the
+people of the United States.  Some sixty colonies England has overrun,
+established, or conquered, and she is busy at work yet conquering and
+gathering in.  But is it not remarkable that she has never lost one of
+the many save the United States?  Will any one give an earthly reason for
+this marvellous exception?  I presume no one can.  There is, however, a
+Divine reason.  Moses, when giving his prophetic benediction to the
+Tribes of Israel, gives us an insight into this question.  Speaking of
+Joseph and the wonderful blessing in store for his sons Ephraim and
+Manasseh, he says: "His glory is like the firstling of his bullock, and
+his horns are like the horns of unicorns; and with them he shall push the
+people together to the ends of the earth; _and they are the ten thousands
+of Ephraim_, _and they are the thousands of Manasseh_" (Deut, xxxiii.
+17).  And further light is thrown on this subject when we notice what
+Isaiah says in the forty-ninth chapter.  The children of Israel, when
+settled in some Isles, would lose a portion of themselves, and still the
+"children which thou shalt have _after thou hast lost the other_, shall
+say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me, give place to me
+that I may dwell."  The simple and natural interpretation of such a
+passage is, that the Isles referred to were the British Isles.  The
+children lost refer to Manasseh, the Pilgrims, and Puritans who came from
+England.  And the cry for more room after they have left, shall lead
+England to look for lands in which to colonise her surplus population,
+all of which she has done and is doing.
+
+Surely in these things there is something more than chance.  Yes, there
+is a divine purpose fulfilled.  Seeing, then, that God will put the land
+into Israel's hand, there will run another blessing parallel with
+this--namely, a peculiar increase of the seed, or children of Israel, so
+that they may occupy and control these lands.  These two prophecies are
+to be fulfilling on a parallel line at the same time.  Are they so
+fulfilling?  We answer, Yes; and the answer all the world may verify, for
+the facts are of such a nature that if they are not so fulfilling it can
+be very easily disproved.
+
+The prophet tells us in the text that the children of Israel are to be
+numerous--to be numerous in an extraordinary degree--so much so that it
+shall appear partly miraculous when such increase is compared to other
+people or judged by the common methods of reasoning.  Hosea had three
+children; the first a son.  He called him Jezreel.  This son was set for
+a witness that God would cause to cease the House of Israel in
+Palestine--that Israel should cease to be a nation for a time.  This idea
+Isaiah points out under the type of an abandoned wife.  God styles
+Himself the Husband of Israel, and that He had given the wife a bill of
+divorcement.  Thus the two prophets agree, and history ratifies both.
+
+Hosea's second child he calls Lo-Ruhamah.  She was set for a witness that
+God would take away His mercy from the House of Israel for a time, and
+that God would utterly take them away out of the land.  So He did; for a
+few years after this we find the children of Israel were carried captive
+into Assyria by Shalmaneser, and the Assyrians were brought and put in
+their place.  And from these Assyrians, who were planted in the cities
+and country left by the children of Israel, we get the Samaritans, who
+were, as you see, not Jews nor Israelites by generation--they were
+manufactured Jews only.  "And the Lord removed Israel out of His sight,
+as He had said by all His servants the prophets.  So was Israel carried
+away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day" (2 Kings xvii. 23).
+During this captivity, which is even in force till now, barren Israel,
+the divorced one, was to have more children than the married one--namely,
+Judah.
+
+We find that the third child born to Hosea is called Lo-ammi, meaning,
+"Ye are not My people."  This child pro-figured the casting out of the
+Jews; that they would refuse to accept God in Christ, and He therefore
+would reject them.  Thus the Jews became wanderers from their own land.
+And the land rests in desolation, enjoying her Sabbath of rest, while her
+sons and daughters are being chastised and trained for their return.
+
+The time will come when God will call Israel to Him, and have mercy upon
+her, when the divorced one shall be restored to her husband.  "And it
+shall be at that day, saith the Lord, that thou shalt call Me Ishi, and
+shalt call me no more Baali" (Hos. ii. 16).  Now Ishi means husband, and
+Baali stands for Lord.  Saxons have been looked upon as being infidels by
+the rest of the world.  The Mohammedans and Buddhists never reckoned the
+Saxons as being the sons of God; and Catholic Europe and Greek Russia
+have looked upon England as infidel and heretical.  And the Saxons
+themselves never went so far in their knowledge as to know who they were,
+their origin and work.  But the prophet says: "It shall come to pass that
+in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people, there it
+shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God."  And the
+time will come when Lo-Ruhamah shall become Ru-hamah, which means to have
+obtained mercy.  And Lo-Ammi shall become Ammi, which means that this is
+My people.  And Jezreel, which was a sign of dispersion, shall be the
+sign of gathering.  "Then shall the children of Judah and the children of
+Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they
+shall come up out of the land; _for great shall be the day of Jezreel_."
+Then the Jews (Ammi) will call the Saxons their sister, long lost, but
+found at last.  The Saxons (Ru-hamah) will call the Jews their brother,
+those whom in the past they have hated and persecuted; and thought
+themselves far removed from Jewish blood.  Now they both will acknowledge
+a common generation, and Abraham their father.  And one with his eyes
+half open can see this part of the prophecy fulfilling.  The Jews,
+England, and United States, from this and henceforth, are one in
+interest, policy, and destiny.
+
+These being the latter days, let us look for the signs of the multiplying
+of the seed so that they be as the sea sands God promised to Abraham,
+saying: "That in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will
+multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven and as the sand which is upon
+the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies" (Gen.
+xxii. 17).  Old Jacob foretold that Joseph would be a fruitful bough,
+whose branches would run over the wall--that is, colonise.  This increase
+is to be seen in two ways.  Let me direct your attention to one of these
+ways, in a special manner, because it is so singular and unique, so
+distinct and discernable.  In Jeremiah xxx. 10, 11, we find a remarkable
+statement: "Fear not, O Israel, for I am with thee, saith the Lord, to
+save thee.  Though I make a full end of all nations whither I have
+scattered thee, yet will I not make a full end of thee; but I will
+correct thee in measure, and will not leave thee altogether unpunished."
+That Israel has been punished and corrected no one will deny who is
+acquainted with her history and sojourn from the time she was carried
+captive to this day.  But has the other part of the saying been
+fulfilled?  We answer, Yes--as the law of colonisation has progressed.
+The Ancient Britons are no more; Saxon Israel has entirely supplanted
+them, just as Manasseh in the United States is supplanting the aborigines
+or Indians.  They perish and disappear like snow before the rising sun.
+Not all we can do on the line of legislation, philanthropy, and religion,
+is sufficient to stay the ravages of this long-ago declared decree of
+Heaven.  Go to Canada, and you find they are perishing; in Newfoundland
+they are entirely gone, and in every other province they are fast
+disappearing, save such as are saved by incorporation, by marriage, and
+salt stayed by the power of Christianity; but both these remedies are
+only temporal--they perish in spite of all in the heated atmosphere of
+Israel's civilisation.  Some few tribes may hold their own and seem to
+increase, but such does not invalidate the evidence of the decree.  For
+they have perished in such numbers, and so uniformly, when in contact
+with Israel, that history proclaims the decree fulfilled.
+
+The native inhabitants of Van Dieman, called Tasmanians, have entirely
+become extinct.  The Maories of New Zealand are rapidly diminishing.
+Fifty years ago they were 200,000 strong; now only about 50,000.  In a
+few more years they will be gone.  The same is true in all the other
+Australian provinces.  The same is true of many isles of the sea, also of
+the African colonies.  In these things, so exceptional, we can surely
+say, with the magicians of old who contended against Moses, "This is the
+finger of God."  Thus we see Israel increasing, by the law of diminution
+going on among the Gentiles.  Israel in the latter day was to be blessed
+with plenty in the orchards, stall, and field: "For I will lay no more
+famine upon you, saith the Lord."  The past year we learn that some
+10,000,000 of Chinese perished in famine.  India, in one part, has been
+greatly reduced in number by the same scourge.  This country will be
+partly protected from the operation of this law--for no doubt a large
+portion are from Abraham.  "But unto the sons of the concubines, which
+Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son,
+while he yet lived, Eastward, unto the East country" (Gen. xxv. 6).  This
+same scourge does not follow the colonising of other nations.  It did not
+follow Spain, nor the Dutch, nor France.
+
+If you turn to the prophets, you will soon learn how they are to increase
+in the latter days--not by a comparison on the line of diminution only,
+but in and from themselves.  "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that
+I will sow the House of Israel and the House of Judah with the seed of
+man and beast" (Jer. xxxi. 27).  Have these days come?  We again say,
+Yes; and these kind of prophecies are being fulfilled in this day in so
+special a manner as to make certain the times we live in.  Through
+Israel, Judah, and Manasseh, the earth is to find the equilibrium of
+peace.  The Jews will furnish the money, for in the increasing
+ascendancy, and multiplying power, and authority of England and America,
+the Jews will draw closer to them and invest more and more their money
+with them, because of greater security and profit.  The balance of power
+and even compulsion will be in the hands of England and America, to force
+arbitration on disputing nations, and they will do so, having set the
+precedents themselves in the Alabama and fish treaties.  At present, many
+will refuse this idea, and point to the famous Monroe doctrine.  Now that
+doctrine has had its time, nearly; and it has served a good purpose for
+the country.  The mercantile growth, and general producing power of this
+country, will cause us to abandon our selfish protection policy; for of
+all other people on the face of the earth we will want free trade; for we
+will have the greatest surplus of mercantile and agricultural
+productions, and in a short time our very position and ability will push
+away all competitors.  Once our mercantile and agricultural interests are
+cast in other nations, we will then have an interest in their wars and
+peace, and will be led to interfere.
+
+The chief way in which the balance of power will fall into English and
+American hands is in the fulfilling of the blessings of the text: the
+multiplying of this people, first by natural increase, and second by
+incorporation and absorption.  Look at this law of absorption; how
+vigorous and sure!  If you turn into a field of grass fowls, pigs,
+horses, and cows, you get chicken-meat, pork, horseflesh, and beef.  The
+individualism in each creature absorbs and converts the same field of
+grass into themselves.  So into this country are coming people of every
+nation and race, but the individualism of Manasseh will in due time make
+them all Manassehites.  The children of the Russians, Poles, Spanish, and
+so on, become American in taste, manners, and sympathies.  They are being
+grafted into the tree of Manasseh.
+
+But look at the law of increase naturally.  Take the population of
+several countries as given in the last census, and carefully note the
+relative increase, and how long it takes each nation to double its
+number.  Russia, eighty-six millions, doubles every 100 years; Germany,
+forty-two millions, doubles every 100 years; Turkey, forty-seven
+millions, doubles every 550 years; Austria, thirty-seven millions,
+doubles every 100 years; France, thirty-six millions, doubles every 140
+years; Great Britain, thirty-three millions, doubles every 55 years;
+United States, forty millions, doubles every 25 years; Italy,
+twenty-seven millions, doubles every 125 years; Egypt, seventeen
+millions, doubles every 150 years; Spain, sixteen millions, doubles every
+112 years; English colonies, ten millions, doubles every 25 years.  Now
+make a calculation for 100 years, from 1878 to 1978, and see how these
+countries stand in population and their relative position.  Russia will
+have one hundred and seventy-two millions; Germany, eighty-four; Turkey,
+fifty-six; Austria, seventy-four; France, fifty-nine; Great Britain, one
+hundred and thirty-seven; Italy, forty-one; Egypt, twenty-nine; Spain,
+twenty-eight; United States, six hundred and forty; and the English
+colonies, one hundred and sixty--and that is not reckoning the natives in
+the colonies, only the descendants of the English.  Of course, in a
+country like India, the natives will be a considerable number, and they
+might properly be reckoned in with the colonial items, and so swell the
+number of Israel's power.
+
+Now these figures show a wonderful conclusion.  In simple language, we
+find that in 1978, the English-speaking race, or Israelites, will number
+937 millions, while all of Russia, Germany, Turkey, Austria, France,
+Italy, Egypt, and Spain, will only number 543 millions.  Where then, we
+ask, will be the balance of power?  And why should this certain law come
+into operation at this time, if it be not the blessing foretold by the
+prophets?  And can we not see that these are the latter days, and that
+God is fulfilling His promises to Israel?
+
+The blood of Abraham and the faith of Abraham have been wonderfully
+preserved and projected down through the centuries with telling effect.
+And on this line the Darwinian theory of election is very true, for the
+survival of the fittest is the proclaimed law of Heaven.  There is power
+in land possession and there is power in number, and if these two factors
+maintain their force for one hundred years, then we infer of certainty
+that the sceptre of rule and destiny of the world will be in the hands of
+Israel, unless the laws of nature are reversed, and the promises of God
+fail.  The Word of God cannot fail or return unto Him void; it must
+accomplish that whereunto He sent it and prosper in things designed, or
+as Jeremiah xxiii. 20 says: "The anger of the Lord shall not return until
+He has executed and till He has performed the thoughts of His heart; in
+the latter days ye shall consider it perfectly."
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND LANGUAGE.
+DISCOURSE V.
+
+
+LATTER DAY PROPHETIC PROMISES--TIME OF ISRAEL'S REVIVAL--PYRAMID
+TESTIMONY--BRITISH ISLAND POPULATION IN 1882--AFFINITY BETWEEN ENGLISH
+AND HEBREW--CELL OF THE HONEYBEE--ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE--LION OF
+LANGUAGES--FOREIGN TESTIMONY--ALL TONGUES INDIGENOUS BUT ENGLISH--THE
+PRE-MILLENNIAL TOKENS.
+
+    "For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may
+    all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with one
+    consent."--Zephaniah iii. 9.
+
+In the last two discourses we called your attention to two prophecies
+that are now fulfilling; they are on parallel lines of time and
+territory.  The first had reference to the rapid accumulation of the
+lands of the earth by Israel.  Accepting the Anglo-Saxons as being the
+children and descendants of Jacob, it naturally follows that the
+prophetic blessings and promises made to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and their
+heirs, should find a fulfilment in these, the latter days, and that such
+fulfilment should be found in the English nation, among the Jews, and in
+the United States.  It is easy to see and believe that the curses
+prophetically pronounced on Judah and Israel have been fulfilled,
+especially on the House of Judah.  The promises to the House of Israel
+are now being grandly realised.  England is in possession of the isles of
+the sea, the coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places, the
+heathen is her inheritance, and she is inheriting the seed of the
+Gentiles, and causing their desolate cities to be inhabited.  From the
+taking of Jamaica, by General Penn, in 1655, to the peaceful cession of
+Cyprus, the course of this little island nation has been onward and
+upward.  And if her conquests and progress are not amenable to prophecy,
+for an interpretation, then the wonder is still greater.  The facts are
+with us, and must be accounted for some way.  The second had reference to
+the multitudinous seed of Israel in the latter days.  Till two hundred
+years ago the Anglo-Saxons were not in this respect distinct from other
+races; indeed, for centuries they were distinct rather for their weakness
+in multiplying power and number.  Many other races have exceeded them in
+this particular.  But no sooner do we come abreast of the latter day time
+than we find the laws of centuries changed.  In thermal science it is an
+axiom that heat expands all bodies, and of course that cold contracts
+them.  But to this general rule there is one beautiful and benevolent
+exception: it is in water; for if we start with water at thirty-two
+degrees, we find the remarkable phenomenon of cold expanding all below
+thirty-two, and heat expanding all above.  If we take water at 212
+degrees and withdraw it from the heat, it will continue to contract till
+we reach thirty-two; then the law is reversed, and the water expands.
+Now the reversion of this law, at this particular point, is wonderfully
+expressive of Divine forethought and benevolence.  By such a change ice
+is made to float in water, and so save our lakes, streams, and wells from
+being frozen solid.  As this exception is to thermal science, so is the
+law of reproduction to Israel in this day.  This people, who have been
+behind other races, now, at an appointed time, step to the front.  The
+law seems to be reversed, and that too for a benevolent purpose--for the
+very purpose that they might be able to fulfil the mission assigned them
+in these last days, to occupy the new lands and evangelise the world.
+One prophecy seems to call for the other, for what would be the use of
+the lands without the people, or the people without the lands?  It is an
+amazing fact that Queen Victoria should bear rule over one-third of the
+population of the whole earth, and that Israel, including Manasseh,
+should own one-fourth of the land.
+
+But this amazing fact is made reasonable when we accept the Queen as
+being of the seed of David, and an heir to the promises attaching to
+David's throne, and when we accept the Anglo-Saxons as being the Ten Lost
+Tribes of Israel.  Then prophecy, Providence, and facts, are a
+trinity--they are one sublime whole.  God, speaking through Moses, said
+He would punish to reform Israel for seven times--and seven times
+prophetically understood, means 2,520 years.  If we allow that Israel
+were carried captive in the year 725 before Christ, then Israel would
+come into freedom, or be reformed, about 1795; because if we add 725 to
+1,795, we get 2,520.  Up to this point they were to be robbed of their
+children and to be few in number (see Lev. xxvi. 22).  In the year 1795
+Israel were to be relieved from these curses; and about this time this
+special law of reproduction came into operation; or, if we take the
+lamentations of Hosea vi. 1-3: "Come and let us return unto the Lord, for
+He hath torn, and He will heal us; He hath smitten, and He will bind us
+up; after two days will He revive us; in the third day He will raise us
+up, and we shall live in His sight.  Then shall we know if we follow on
+to know the Lord.  His going forth is prepared as the morning, and He
+shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the
+earth."  By this passage, our day and the special providences of this
+period are mournfully and graphically referred to.  Here a day stands for
+a thousand years, "for a day with the Lord is as a thousand years;" so
+that when two thousand years should have passed by, Ephraim, who stands
+for Israel, was to be revived and blessed with fruitfulness sometime
+during the third day, or thousand years.  In ancient time a day was
+counted when it had a majority--that is, when it had passed the half.
+The prophet here says we were to be revived, or raised up, on the third
+day.  So, if you again take these three thousand-year days, you will find
+that two of them are to be completely passed, and during the third we
+were to be raised.  The number we have given, 2,520, exactly meets the
+interpretation--2,000 complete, and 520 make a majority for the third day
+by the twenty over the half.  These prophetic figures tally well with the
+existing state of things.  About the beginning of this century England
+assumed to lead the world.  It is a remarkable coincidence that, in the
+last century, the question of how to multiply the population was a
+subject of debate and legislation in the British Parliament.  But what
+legislation failed to do, God in His providence did at the appointed
+time.
+
+It is a curious fact, and well worth noticing, that the famous witness of
+the Lord of hosts in Egypt, the Great Pyramid, forecasts what the number
+of Israel and Judah would be in the year 1882.  As Israel is symbolised
+in the Grand Gallery, it is found that the cubic contents of the same, in
+inches, is about 36,000,000; thus by some this is interpreted to mean
+that inches stand for individuals, and if so, then England proper will
+have this number in 1880.  Whether this is a true interpretation or not,
+we all know that these figures will be about right.  The Queen's Chamber
+of the Pyramid symbolises the number and condition of the Jews.
+
+From these two prophecies, so sublimely fulfilling, let me invite your
+attention to another that is now maturing.  It, too, is parallel with the
+other two.  We refer to the peculiar growth, power, and progress of the
+English language.  After Israel went into captivity, they were to lose
+their language and take or form another.  "For with stammering lips and
+another tongue will He speak to this people" (Isa. xxviii. 11).  We will
+all agree that the English language is not the Hebrew; and if we are
+Israelites, then indeed God is speaking to us in another tongue, for few
+of us read His Word in Hebrew.  It is read to the millions in the
+English; hence the millions hear God speak to them in another tongue than
+that of Hebrew.  Between the English and Hebrew languages there is an
+intimate relation, especially back a few years, before the English had
+grown so much.  The Hebrew was a very limited language; not numbering
+more than 7,000 words.  The English is now said to number about 80,000.
+The most lavish writer does not use over 10,000; the common average is
+about 3,000.  In the English we have not less than 1,000 Hebrew roots.
+This, comparing the languages a few years back, is a large percentage.
+In names of persons and places the Hebrew is very prominent in England.
+
+I take it for a fact that language is of Divine origin.  Men have written
+on the origin of language from every standpoint; the majority of them
+trying to account for its existence without allowing so noble a source.
+The first man, Adam, I believe, could talk as easily and naturally as he
+could see, and hear, and taste.  Speech was a part of his endowment.
+There is nothing more wonderful in a man talking than a bird singing,
+save that speech is a higher order of utterance.  Dumb nature performs
+marvels every day as mighty and wonderful as man's talking.  The
+honey-bee builds its cells, ignorant of the fact that such construction
+is the solution of a problem which had troubled men for centuries to
+solve.  At what point shall certain lines meet so as to give the most
+room with the least material and have the greatest strength in the
+building?  This problem is said to have been worked out by a Mr.
+McLaughland, a noted Scotch mathematician, who arrived at his conclusion
+by laborious and careful fluxionary calculation.  To his surprise, and to
+the surprise of the world, such lines and such a building were found in
+the common bee cell.  Now I hold that the same Creator who gave to the
+bee the mathematical instinct could endow man with the instinct of
+speech.  Even to animal instinct we find a certain variation and
+permitted latitude in what is called adaptive instinct.  So in man we
+find this same instinct of adaptation in a higher sense.  The instinct
+comes into play when we suppose a number of persons separated from
+others, each living in different quarters of the globe.  In such a
+condition, though of the same language when first separated, they would
+not remain so long--that is, in the primitive state of society.  Thus,
+among the tribes of Africa, at this day, languages are widening and
+varying from a once common centre.  So Israel in captivity would lose the
+Hebrew gradually.  The language of the people among whom they settled was
+the Sanskrit, from which a score of languages have come--the German,
+French, and Italian, Saxon and others.  The Saxon of to-day, compared
+with the Saxon of 2,000 years ago, is very different; so much so that for
+us to learn and speak it would be equal to learning a new language.  Thus
+the English language is a thing of growth.  In the year 1362 the Saxon
+was made the court language of England.  From that time onward its growth
+has been wonderful.
+
+The prophetic outlines and Divine place of this language may be seen in
+the germal foundations, which give unto it such vigour, tenacity, and
+capabilities of expansion.  All the features of this language go to show
+that it is destined to be the medium of a world's intercourse, and that
+it very suitably belongs to Israel, in whose hand will be the destiny of
+the world.  It is the lion of languages.  It will grow anywhere, and by
+reason of its tenacity when once it gets a foothold it abides.  It is
+peculiarly suited to the humanities of every race, clime, and condition;
+there is no limit to its expansive adaptability.  It is in a special
+manner voracious in the destruction of other languages; wherever it goes,
+it sounds the death-knell of all the rest.
+
+Soon as this language entered Britain, it began its work of destruction.
+Before it has disappeared the real British, the Cymric or Welsh, Erse or
+Irish, the Gaelic of Scotland, and the Manx of the Isle of Man.  The
+British Keltic is entirely gone; the rest are entirely local.  Beside
+these it ousted from the island the Norse, the Norman-French, and several
+other tongues that tried to transplant themselves on English soil.  It is
+at work in every part of the globe, planting itself and displacing
+others.  A few years ago French was the language best suited for a
+traveller on the Continent.  But this has changed.  Now the English is by
+far superior.  And why is it that the English is supplanting all others?
+To answer such a question in a scientific way, one cannot do better than
+quote from the great and learned German philologist, Prof. Grimm, of
+Berlin.  He says of it: "It has a thorough power of expression, such as
+no other language ever possessed.  It may truly be called a
+world-language, for no other can compare with it in richness,
+reasonableness, and solidity of texture."  But perhaps the most definite
+and distinct testimony given by a foreigner touching the future ubiquity
+of the Anglo-Saxon race and language, is that put forward by Provost
+Paradol, a learned Frenchman.  He says "that neither Russia nor united
+Germany, supposing that they should attain the highest fortune, can
+pretend to impede that current of things, nor prevent that solution,
+relatively near at hand, of the long rivalry of European races for the
+ultimate colonisation and domination of the universe.  The world will not
+be Russian, nor German, nor French, alas! nor Spanish."  He concludes
+that it will be Anglo-Saxon.
+
+A British poet has presented in poetry the special features of several of
+the European languages, which we give:--
+
+    "Greek's a harp we love to hear;
+    Latin is a trumpet clear;
+    Spanish like an organ swells;
+    Italian rings its bridal bells;
+    France, with many a frolic mien,
+    Tunes her sprightly violin;
+    Loud the German rolls his drum
+    When Russia's clashing cymbals come;
+    But British sons may well rejoice,
+    For English is the human voice."
+
+There are eight languages in the bounds of Christian civilisation that
+may be accounted powerful, because they are the tongues of vigorous
+people; they are the English, Russian, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
+Portuguese, and Scandinavian.  But of these all are indigenous, except
+the English, so that they die if transplanted.  Look at this country and
+behold what a cemetery it is for languages.  Once the French had strong
+hold and promised to abide here; but it is now nearly gone, even from the
+state of Louisiana and Canada, the last places of retreat.
+
+If we take note of the population according to these several languages,
+we shall see the prophetic future of the English.  It is spoken by about
+ninety millions, Russian seventy-five, German fifty-six, French forty,
+Spanish thirty-eight, Italian twenty-nine, Portuguese fourteen, and
+Scandinavian nine.  Within the control of the governments of these
+languages we find England to have rule over 255,000,000 people, who do
+not as yet speak English, and we find that the other seven have only
+seventy-five millions outside of themselves.  Here is an important
+difference.  If we look at them by territorial limits, leaving out
+Russia, we find the English language to own 13,382,686 square miles,
+Germany 449,684, French 571,578, Spanish 4,694,811, Italian 114,466,
+Portuguese 4,028,311, and Scandinavian 1,308,830.  The aggregate number
+of square miles possessed by these six languages, is 11,167,620, which
+altogether, you see, own 2,215,066 miles square less than the English.
+The balance itself is more than Germany, France, and Spain put together.
+The English language is divided only into two governments, but the other
+six are divided into twenty-six, all of which governments are bitter one
+toward the other; each trying to supplant one another, while England and
+the United States are at peace, and will ever remain so.  In one hundred
+years from now the English language will be spoken by a thousand million
+people.  Thus we need no stretch of fancy to see that what the prophet
+speaks of in the text will be accomplished in due time.
+
+This language will soon be universal; by common consent it will become
+the language of the world.  All the changes going on among nations
+forecast its ubiquity.  China, by an imperial decree, has just added to
+her language 700 English words.  Her sons by the thousand are with us,
+and by the thousand they are learning our mother tongue.  The Japanese,
+till a few years ago, carried on their foreign correspondence through the
+Dutch, but now they have changed to the English.  Besides, in the 50,000
+schools in Japan English is being taught.  If science has an answer for
+this strange phenomenon, so have we.  Ours is, that it is the will of
+Heaven.  Confusion of tongues came at Babel as a punishment.  By this
+means Heaven scattered the unwilling descendants of Noah.  When Noah came
+forth from the Ark, God bade him multiply and replenish the earth--that
+is, fill it up.  Babel, however, was built as a monument of
+centralisation, for the builders gave as a reason for building it, "Lest
+we be scattered abroad upon the face of the earth."  By a confusion of
+tongues they were scattered.  Since then we have had some 1,500 distinct
+languages, and some 3,500 colloquials, or say 5,000 different forms of
+speech.  At the present time 600 of the primary are dead, so that there
+are about 900 languages now spoken on all the earth, with about 2,500
+colloquials.
+
+When these means have answered their end--namely, to make us occupy all
+parts of the earth--then they will die out.  It then follows that as the
+world fills, languages must disappear.  So they do.  The English and
+German were the last languages to come into existence.  No new ones are
+now being made.  Alphabets are increasing, because missionaries are
+reducing spoken languages among the heathen into a written form.  The
+Bible is translated into two hundred different tongues.  This itself will
+only lead the millions back to English.  All ship papers are now made out
+in English excepting the French, and no doubt they will soon have to
+follow in the wake.
+
+The day of Pentecost foreshowed the universality of some language.
+Pentecost was a type, and the English is the antitype.  The strangers
+from Phrygia, Pamphylia, Libya, Pontus, and Cappadocia, mingled with the
+Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Cretes, and Arabians.  They all heard the
+Gospel in their own tongue.  The different tongues make a wall of
+division, making them strangers one with another; but the Holy Ghost took
+away this wall, and they were all face to face, able to understand one
+another.  The same power that here multiplied the gift of tongues--giving
+to some several--surely could give to Adam one.  Away with a faith that
+cannot give God credit with being the Author of language.
+
+No sooner do we see England in guardian possession of Syria than the idea
+enters into the scheme of reform of extending the English language.  The
+Board of Directors of the Syrian Protestant College at Beyrout have shown
+their appreciation of the new era of British influence by a recent vote,
+which is to the effect that on January 1, 1879, all instruction in the
+college shall be through the English language.  The Arabic will only be
+taught as any other dead language.  This remarkable action shows that
+British influence in Syria is hereafter to be more than simply
+diplomatic; it is to be an all-pervading and controlling power, affecting
+every interest of Society.  Truly another Pentecostal day is drawing
+nigh--a day when all the world shall hear the Gospel in the language of
+Israel.  In all these things we see the lively tokens and pre-millennial
+agencies hastening on the day of the Lord.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND GENTILE FULNESS.
+DISCOURSE VI.
+
+
+MEANING OF GENTILE FULNESS--BLESSINGS THROUGH JUDAH AND EPHRAIM--BEST
+RELIGION--JEWS OUTWITTED--WHY BENJAMIN WAS KEPT AT JERUSALEM--FRENCH
+PROTESTANTISM--GENTILE FULNESS CONTEMPORARY WITH TO-DAY--WHAT IT
+IS--EXCEPTIONAL TURKEY.
+
+    "Now, if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the
+    diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how much more their
+    fulness."--Rom. ii. 12.
+
+Paul, the author of this epistle to the Romans, tells us that he was an
+Israelite of the seed of Abraham and of the Tribe of Benjamin.  The fact
+so conveyed it is necessary that we keep in mind, if we would interpret
+aright this epistle.  He introduces to our notice three parties: the
+Jews, who include at this time the Tribes of Judah and Levi; the
+Israelites, who embraced the Tribe of Benjamin and the other nine Tribes
+that had been in captivity for about eight hundred years--the whole
+together are generally known as the Ten Lost Tribes.  In the third party
+we have the Gentiles.  This word Gentile usually denotes and includes the
+non-Jewish nations and people.  The Hebrew word _goyim_, in early Bible
+history, was equivalent to our word nation.  It finally began to denote
+any people who were not of the sacred seed of Abraham.  The Greek word so
+rendered is _ethnos_, which means a multitude or nation.  In the New
+Testament another word is sometimes used in a more limited sense--namely,
+_hellenes_, which is translated Greeks.  Ignorance of these three
+parties, their place in Providence, and relation one to the other, has
+given rise to much needless controversy and division in the domain of
+theology.  Men have argued for an election and a reprobation, laying
+great stress on the 9th, 10th, and 11th chapters of Romans, that is in no
+wise taught.  The election Paul deals with is a literal one, having
+reference to a distinct people, whom God has elected for a special work
+in this world.  This people God calls "His people," "His inheritance,"
+"His chosen," "His witnesses," "His servants."  "This people have I
+formed for Myself; they shall shew forth My praise" (Isa. xliii. 21).
+Hence exclaims the Psalmist, "Blessed is the nation whose God is the
+Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen for His own inheritance."
+
+It will be evident to any careful Bible reader that God called Abraham
+from Ur, in Chaldea, from his own kindred, for a special design.  Through
+Abraham's seed Jehovah designed that blessings, temporal and spiritual,
+should flow to all nations.  He selected this seed for His own training,
+instruction, and culture, to the end that they might train, instruct, and
+evangelise the rest of mankind.  Through Judah was to come spiritual
+blessings, because from Him was the Messiah; and through Ephraim, as
+representative of the Ten Tribes, was to come temporal blessings.  And
+this in the past has been the order of providential procedure; it is the
+present order, and it is to be the future.  Look and verify this
+statement and order by an examination of the nations of the earth at this
+time, by asking yourselves the question: What form of religion among the
+many on earth is best suited to develop man, to conserve his truest
+interest, and crown him with the greatest measure of peace, plenty,
+liberty, and security?  Surely to this question there can be but one
+answer--it is the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ.  And it is evident
+that Christ came of the Tribe of Judah.  If we seek among the nations for
+the best form of civilisation and the best government, we shall find the
+same to be in the bounds of Israel and Manasseh--England and America.
+Here we shall find individualism the best developed, and liberty the
+fullest grown.  In this conclusion the intelligent of every other nation
+will concur.  We assume no risk in making this statement.  Thus, without
+doubt, the world at large is greatly indebted to the religion of Jesus,
+who was of Judah, and to the Anglo-Saxons, for the best and purest forms
+of political organisations or governments.  The Anglo-Saxons being the
+Ten Lost Tribes, it therefore follows that God has carried out the design
+included in Abraham's call, and the promise made that in his seed should
+all the nations of the earth be blessed.  To us it seems to have been a
+roundabout way.  Had Israel been obedient to God in Palestine, and had
+Judah received Jesus as the true Messiah, the state of the nations most
+certainly would have been very different to what it is now.  Still,
+through all, and for all, the purpose of heaven has been carried forward.
+
+In studying Providence it is always well to remember that God is not
+dependent on the harmonious co-operation of His creatures for the
+accomplishment of His purpose.  He can gain His ends either through our
+hate or love, resistance or co-operation.  When the Jews had crucified
+Christ, they naturally thought they had cut short His career and cut off
+His influence; for so it would appear by all human reasoning.  Even the
+disciples did not see how He could be the Messiah and Deliverer of Israel
+when He allowed Himself to be crucified.  The hope of Israel was buried
+with the dead Christ.  They had hoped that it had been He who should have
+redeemed Israel; but this hope was then dead.  But by His resurrection
+they saw through the secret of Providence, and they saw that God was
+faithful in devising a way of escape, and able to bring to pass His own
+glorious purpose.  So Peter voices their experience when he says,
+"Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which, according
+to His abundant mercy, hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the
+resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead."  The Jews soon found out
+they had made a mistake in crucifying Jesus; for the risen Christ was
+mightier than the teaching Jesus.  They had crushed a seed to the earth
+which sprang forth in renewed beauty and grace; whose death was life and
+whose loss was gain.  In common parlance they had been outwitted.  They
+slew a man and He rose a God.  They in wrath offered a sacrifice once and
+for all, even for the very sin in which they were then indulging.  They
+unknowingly abolished death, and brought life and immortality to light.
+The critical and unbelieving Sadducees, who denied another life than
+this, gave aid in proving another and a better; for Christ risen
+condemned their unbelief.  The proud and ritualistic Pharisee, who loved
+the temple and its gorgeous ceremony, destroyed one and made the other of
+none avail, for in the planted death of Jesus they laid the foundation of
+another and grander temple--one composed of living stones--and made the
+temple service meaningless; for the anti-type had swallowed up the type;
+the real, the ideal.  In all this they had reasoned on a human plan,
+which is not high enough to wholly overlook and explore the kingdom of
+God.  Paul, in 1 Cor. ii. 7, makes this matter plain: "But we speak the
+wisdom of God in a mystery; even the hidden wisdom which God ordained
+before the world unto our glory, which none of the princes of this world
+knew; for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of
+glory."  Jesus committed His life to the wave-tide of their rage, and was
+floated to death and victory.  On the man side there was purpose and
+hate, and for this they were responsible; and on the Divine side we have
+wisdom and love working out the salvation of a lost race.
+
+Jesus came to His own and they did not receive Him.  Who were His own?
+We answer, the Jews; for He was of Judah.  But if His own did not receive
+Him, we ask, who did?  The answer is, that Israel received Him.  The
+Israelites in the land at that time were the Tribe of Benjamin.  They had
+been providentially selected for this work nearly a thousand years
+before.  This one Tribe of Benjamin has a very peculiar history; and it
+you will study it over, it will greatly serve to confirm your faith in
+the Divine inspiration of the Bible and the unity and forethought of
+Providence.  The original theocracy of Israel consisted of Twelve Tribes.
+This theocracy was divided under Rehoboam, Solomon's son and successor.
+Ten Tribes seceded, and formed a kingdom, which is ever after called the
+kingdom of Israel; their first king was Jeroboam.  But it is very
+singular to notice, that one of these Ten Tribes is lent to the kingdom
+of Judah, and this one Tribe is Benjamin.  In this was the Divine
+provision for the time of Christ.  We find in the first book of Kings,
+eleventh chapter, that Solomon displeased the Lord by his wicked ways,
+and the Lord said: "Forasmuch as this is done of thee, and thou hast not
+kept My covenant and My statutes which I have commanded thee, I will
+surely rend the kingdom from thee, and I will give it to thy servant
+(Jeroboam was Solomon's servant at that time); notwithstanding in thy
+days I will not do it, for David thy father's sake; but I will rend it
+out of the hands of thy son.  Howbeit I will not rend away all the
+kingdom, but will give one Tribe to thy son, for David My servant's sake,
+and for Jerusalem's sake, which I have chosen."  All the kingdom
+evidently meant the Ten Tribes.  The same truth Ahijah, the Shilonite,
+taught when he rent his new garment into twelve pieces, and gave to
+Jeroboam ten.  "And he said to Jeroboam, Take thee ten pieces; for thus
+saith the Lord, the God of Israel: Behold, I will rend the kingdom out of
+the hands of Solomon and will give Ten Tribes to thee."  Then comes in
+the reserve clause again: "But he shall have one Tribe for My servant
+David's sake, and for Jerusalem's sake, the city which I have chosen out
+of all the Tribes of Israel."  And the reason for the reservation of this
+Tribe is clearly expressed in verse 36: "And unto his son will I give one
+Tribe, that David My servant may always have a light before Me in
+Jerusalem."  Now it is plain why this Tribe was an exception.  The city
+of Jerusalem, God says, He has chosen out of all the cities of Israel,
+because to this city would the Messiah come.  And beautifully agreeing
+with the forethought is the fact that when the Tribes had their lots
+assigned them in Palestine, the city of Jerusalem fell in the portion of
+Benjamin.
+
+The Tribe then were owners of the city, and they received Christ.  The
+disciples and first followers and converts were chiefly from this Tribe
+of Benjamin.  After this Tribe received Christ, then their work was done
+in Jerusalem.  So they were to separate from the kingdom of Judah, and
+seek out their own brethren and unite with them.  The time of their
+separation had been foretold by the prophet, and pointed out by the
+Saviour.  The time of their departure would be coincident with the siege
+and destruction of their beloved city.  So cried Jeremiah down through
+the centuries, "Oh, ye children of Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee
+out of the midst of Jerusalem, and blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set up
+a sign of fire in Beth-haccerem, for evil appeareth out of the North and
+great destruction "(Jer. vi. 1).  If any of you are mindful to examine
+history, you will find that war came, that the destruction was terrible,
+and more, you will find that the Benjaminites escaped.  These points
+profane historians thoroughly confirm.  Having fulfilled their
+God-appointed mission with the kingdom of Judah and in Jerusalem, Heaven
+gave them to be light-bearers to the whole world; first to specially find
+their own brethren of the House of Israel, and carry them the Gospel, and
+they would carry it unto all the earth.  Thus the Saviour said, "Go not
+in the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye
+not.  But go rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel."  Peter in
+his epistle tells where these lost sheep were scattered.  Agreeable to
+the Saviour's command they went forth, and preached as they went, and so
+carried the Gospel of Jesus with them.  As a Tribe they finally settled
+in Normandy, and gave to France her Protestantism, which, from that day
+to this, Catholicism has not been able entirely to uproot, though it has
+made several desperate attempts.  They finally, however, as a Tribe,
+under the Norman conquest, entered England and united with the other nine
+Tribes.  Their advent, and the way they came, is very graphically
+symbolised in the unicorn on the royal arms of England.  The unicorn is
+looking Westward, and is attached to the crown by a chain--showing that
+it came from the East.
+
+With these facts in one's mind, read those difficult passages in Romans,
+and all will be plain.  Take, for instance, Romans xi. 17: "And if some
+of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert
+grafted in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of
+the olive tree."  Here it is manifest that we have three parties
+mentioned.  The branches broken off mean Judah and Levi, the wild olive
+stands for the Gentiles, the people in among whom they were grafted, or
+root of whose fatness they were partakers, mean the Israelites.  The hope
+of Jewish restoration is nicely set forth in verse 24: "For if thou wert
+cut out of the olive tree, which is wild by nature, and wert grafted
+contrary to nature into a good olive tree, how much more shall these,
+which be the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree."
+Again, the wild olive stands for the Gentiles, the good olive tree for
+Israel, the branches broken off, but which may be grafted in again, for
+the Jews.  Thus to this theory of interpretation the whole Bible responds
+easily and reasonably.  With this kind of interpretation one need not
+twist and distort the sacred Word in order to understand it.  I trust the
+day is near when men will expound the sacred Scriptures by the rules of
+common sense.
+
+The calamity that happened to the nine Tribes of Israel in been carried
+captive has been turned into good by our heavenly Father--into good for
+them and all the world.  "Therefore the Lord removed Israel out of His
+sight, as He had said by all His servants the prophets.  So was Israel
+carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day" (2 Kings
+xvii. 23).  Keeping back the Tribe of Benjamin is a marvel of goodness.
+And with Paul we may exclaim: "Now if the fall of them be the riches of
+the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how
+much more their fulness."  If Israel had been able to contribute so much
+of Christianity to the world, and evolve in her imperfect state such an
+equitable form of government, what will her contribution be when
+gathered, restored, and once again put into a theocratic relation to God?
+"For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what
+shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?"  This people who
+have been scattered among the Gentiles God is collecting out from among
+them for His own glorious purpose and work.  Thus scattered they have
+been a mystery--a mystery among the Gentiles.  Paul to the Colossians
+says: "To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of
+this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you the hope of
+glory."
+
+When will the fulness of the text take place?  We answer.  Before long.
+The fulness here stands over against the Gentile fulness.  In the three
+last discourses we called your attention to Israel's maturing fulness in
+land, people, and language.  And now, if you will consider the state of
+the Gentile nations, it will be apparent to you that the time of Gentile
+fulness is now present.  These Gentile nations are now overflowing.  Take
+China with her teeming millions, and ask why she has not peopled the
+world? for surely she could have done so long ago.  But she barred her
+own doors by making it unlawful for any of her subjects to leave the
+flowery kingdom--forbidding heaven to such as should die outside.  Now,
+however, she must permit emigration or perish by famine.  Take the
+countries of Europe, and is it not strange that Israel's fulness of land,
+people, and language is made the fuller by these nations contributing
+towards the same?  The fulness of the Gentiles is made to flow into the
+fulness of Israel.  These countries, outside of Israel-England, have no
+colonies to send their overflow to; hence, they are filling up the domain
+of Israel and so hastening on her fulness.  The French, Germans,
+Italians, and Spaniards forsake their land and language, thus adding to
+Israel's fulness; for they chiefly settle down within the bounds of
+Israel.  To this Gentile fulness there was to be one strange
+exception--that was in the Turkish nation.  This nation is set forth by
+the prophet under the figure of the River Euphrates.  In their first
+appearance they were to be very numerous.  In the eleventh century they
+began to invade Europe.  The historian Gibbon, speaking of them, says:
+"Myriads of Turkish horsemen overspread the whole Greek empire, until at
+last Constantinople fell into their hands."  From 1453 till now have they
+held this grand capital.  John, in Rev. ix., pictures this invasion, and
+speaks of the number of horsemen.  He speaks of them as having power in
+their mouths and tails.  This language is very expressive when we
+remember the Moslem's war-cry, which was "The sword of Mahomet and of
+God."  And in one of the first of their great battles they lost their
+standard; but, not long baffled, the commander-in-chief cut off the tail
+of his beautiful steed, and, putting it on the end of a pole, hoisted it
+as a standard.  This ensign they long used.  This kingdom, however, is to
+dry up--that is, to disappear gradually, as a river dries up.  All this
+is taking place.  Turkey sends emigrants nowhere.  They are literally
+dying out.  In number they are fewer each year.  Turkey will pass away
+for want of Turks.  Her territory will be taken away from her gradually.
+How remarkable the dealings of Providence with men and nations!
+
+Up to the point of Gentile fulness, Israel was to be partly blind, for
+God's plans, through Israel, were to remain a mystery for a time.  "For I
+would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye
+should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened
+to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in."  Our idea is
+that the Gentile fulness is now in, and if so, it is natural, then, that
+Israel should be found, and about this time have her eyes opened.  Up to
+this time of fulness, Jerusalem was to be trodden down.  "And they shall
+fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away captive into all nations;
+and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of
+the Gentiles be fulfilled" (Luke xxi. 23).  Now, the Jews did fall by the
+edge of the sword, as the Saviour foretold; they were carried captive
+into all nations; Jerusalem has been trodden under foot.  Thus, then, do
+we see three parts of His prophecy literally fulfilled; and so surely
+will the fourth part be, which is, that in connection with Gentile
+fulness this treading shall cease, and proud, imperial Salem shall lift
+her head once more free from tyrant hands and heathen tramping, to become
+the city of God and His chosen ones.
+
+When Moses was sent to deliver the children of Israel from Egypt, he was
+equipped with miraculous power that he might convince Pharaoh and the
+Egyptians what was the will of Jehovah; but not more so than are the
+prophetic students of this day; for the presence of the Divine gleams
+forth all around in the miracles of prophecy now so wonderfully
+fulfilling in this our day.
+
+
+
+
+DREAM IMAGE OF NEBUCHADNEZZAR.
+DISCOURSE VII.
+
+
+FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD--THE DESTRUCTION OF THE PAPACY
+COMMENCED--IRELAND TO BE FREE AND INDEPENDENT OF ENGLAND AND ROME--FUTURE
+GLORY OF BRITAIN AND THE UNITED STATES.
+
+    "Thou, O King, sawest and beheld a great image.  This great image
+    whose brightness was excellent, stood before thee; and the form
+    thereof was terrible."--Dan. ii. 31.
+
+About 2,500 years ago the kingdom of Babylon was strong, great, and
+prosperous.  The king of this vast empire is known in history as
+Nebuchadnezzar.  His reign had been marked with great victories over the
+surrounding nations.  The mighty Empire of Assyria he had conquered;
+Egypt he had wasted and almost destroyed; Palestine he had reduced to
+strange and pitiable desolation, having carried the Jewish inhabitants
+captive into the region of Babylon.  Among these captives we find Daniel,
+the prophet of Judah.  In the second year of Nebuchadnezzar's
+consolidated reign, as king over Babylon and Assyria, he dreamed a dream
+which gave him much anxiety of mind and troubled him very much.  This
+dream he could not remember nor explain, save that it had left a terrible
+impression on his mind.  The wise men were confounded, for they could
+neither declare the vision or its meaning.  The king, in his rage,
+decreed them all to death.  At this point appears Daniel, one of the
+captives of Judah.  Moved of God, he presents himself before the king and
+makes known to him the vision and interpretation.
+
+The king had seen a great metallic image, excellent in brightness and
+terrible in form.  It was a human figure of massive proportions, standing
+erect with outstretched arms, and of a mixed and strange composition.
+The head was of fine gold.  The breast and arms were of silver.  The
+belly and thighs of brass.  The legs of iron, the feet part of iron and
+part of clay.  While the king was gazing on this monstrous figure with
+intense interest, his attention was arrested by the appearance of a small
+stone--this stone was alone; there appeared no hands handling it or
+moving it.  It was cut out of the mountain without hands.  In this stone
+there appears to be a good deal of the supernatural.  At once this little
+stone assaults the image, beginning at the feet.  The battle is surely
+unequal; the battle continues, and during the struggle the stone actually
+grows; the image falls to pieces--the feet, thigh, breast, and head--and
+victory is with the stone.  By the time the image is wholly destroyed the
+stone has become a mountain; or, as Daniel said to Nebuchadnezzar, "Thou
+sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image
+upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces.  Then
+was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to
+pieces together, and became like the chaff of the Summer
+threshing-floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found
+for them; and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain and
+filled the whole earth."
+
+In this vision and interpretation we have a line of history laid bare so
+clearly that we need not err.  The beginning is the time and kingdom of
+Nebuchadnezzar.  The image stands for four great earthly monarchies,
+extending down through the centuries even to this time and day--and a
+little further; for these monarchies are not yet wholly destroyed, and
+the stone-kingdom does not yet fill the world.  Of this fifth, or stone
+kingdom, there is to be no end by conquest, or decay, or succession.
+Daniel says that this kingdom shall not be left to other people--that is,
+it shall never be succeeded.
+
+The peculiar features of the stone-kingdom make it interesting to
+ascertain what kingdom, monarchy, and people stand for it; for such
+kingdom, though small at the beginning, is to grow, prosper, and continue
+to the end of time.  Guided by the Scriptures and history, let us look
+for these four earthly monarchies; and the better to accomplish our task,
+let us stretch the giant figure on his back; then his head of gold will
+rest in Babylon, his silver breast and arms will take in Media and
+Persia, his belly and thighs will take in Greece, and his legs and feet
+will take in Rome.  Thus, then, the gold head stood for Babylon, and is
+now in this day represented and found in Russia--for Russia is a
+continuation of Babylon.  The _Czar_ is on the line of Nebuchadne_zzar_.
+This gold-headed kingdom will be the last destroyed--the destruction
+begins at the feet.  Russia, therefore, has yet a lease of life and
+prosperity; but, finally, she too will yield the contests and disappear
+before the stone-kingdom.  The gold stands for work and endurance, as the
+head is significant of supremacy; but the stone will finally destroy it.
+
+The silver, next in value and endurance, of which were the arms and
+breast, stands for Persia.  Centuries ago Persia was the great Power of
+the earth.  At one time it would seem as if she never would decay or ever
+have a rival; but her day came, and she has dwindled down to the little
+kingdom and monarchy--the Persia of to-day.  Her power is gone, she is
+consumptive, and will soon disappear as a separate kingdom.  The present
+visit of the King of Persia to the Czar at St. Petersburg is not without
+meaning.  The gold head of Russia will need the assistance of the arms of
+Persia by-and-bye.
+
+The brass parts stand well and appropriately for ancient Greece--an
+Empire once so gigantic and powerful, a people so polished and learned,
+but long ago their time, and work, and place were marked out.  And now
+the time is nearly gone and the work done, hence they will soon
+disappear.  The present little kingdom of Greece is all that is left.
+Brass is in itself corrosive, so the Greek Empire has gradually eaten
+itself away.  What sublime lessons the prophets of old taught us!
+
+The iron and clay, of which were the legs and feet, stand for the great
+Roman Empire, which in its day was so solid and grand with its law and
+order, its soldiers and statesmen.  This Empire that tried the hopeless
+experiment of mixing clay and iron--that is, Church and State as
+inaugurated by Constantine.  This nation that tried to fuse together
+Paganism and Christianity.  This nation that tried to stand on two equal
+feet, and to encompass the whole of man, body and spirit.  Well might
+Daniel say of this brittle Empire that it should be partly strong and
+partly weak.  In conscience and the empire of the soul Christ alone is
+King.  No wonder that the Roman Empire has disappeared.  The iron part is
+now entirely gone.  The Pope and the Church of Rome foolishly arrogate to
+themselves to be this kingdom.  They still try and believe in mixing the
+iron and clay--they yet claim authority in the spirit realm.  Obedience
+to Christ and the Pope cannot be on the spiritual or clay side.  No man
+can supremely serve two masters.  On the iron side no man can be loyal to
+his country and the Pope at the same time.  No man can serve two masters
+at the same time, both of which claim and demand supremacy.  These things
+cannot be mixed.  "And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay,
+they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they shall not
+cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay."
+
+How true the prophetic utterances of the prophet!  The Catholics and
+Protestants do not mix easily, not socially, not politically, nor
+educationally.  How are we to mix freely with those who think we are
+heretics and damnable?  How can we socially mix with a people so lordly
+in their claims and deficient in character as many are--a people who,
+when true to their profession, must be our secret or open enemies--who
+sink their manhood and parental claims, so as to depend upon the priest
+for forgiveness and on him for instruction?  Thus, at the priest's
+command, the coming generations are divided and embittered in the fact of
+separate schools for Catholics and Protestants.  These men of clay and
+lordly air, claim rights superior to the State, despising the State
+provision for education.  Daniel said, "The dream is certain, and the
+interpretation thereof sure."  If so, as sure as the iron part has
+disappeared, so will the clay.
+
+Now a clearer view, a purer faith and greater liberty are dawning upon
+our Catholic friends, which is making many of them feel too manly and
+noble to be longer slaves to priest or Pope.  Bereft of temporal power,
+they henceforth will have to win and fight their way, as others, on the
+purity of their doctrines and practice.  In such a strife we can but wish
+them, and all who love the Lord Jesus Christ, great success.
+
+Thus in the short outline of these four kingdoms we see enough to show us
+that God has kept His word.  How marvellous are His ways! how complete
+His work!
+
+Let us now look at this stone kingdom.  This fifth kingdom is as much
+material and political as the other four, and stands for a king, country,
+and people.  It does not come into existence until the image is perfect.
+For it is while Nebuchadnezzar was looking at the image he saw the stone
+cut out of the mountain--its growth was gradual.  Its work was to destroy
+this image and fill the world.  As these kingdoms became weaker and
+smaller, it would become stronger and larger.
+
+What king, country, and people respond to this kingdom?  The answer is as
+easy as to find the other, if we keep our minds free from prejudice and
+open to truth.
+
+First, this kingdom was of Divine origin.  Second, it was small at first.
+Third, the more it fights the more it grows.  Fourth, it breaks in pieces
+this image, beginning at the feet.  It is in fact the sworn enemy of all
+the four kingdoms.  Fifth, it is to fill the world and thus become a
+universal kingdom and monarchy.  In this latter sense it will be a fit
+type of the kingdom of Christ.
+
+Just such a kingdom as this did God repeatedly promise to Abraham and his
+descendants.  David's throne and seed royal are to be established before
+Him for ever.  He promised to David's throne perpetuity, and that David's
+seed should always be on the throne--not in a spiritual sense as some
+think--but naturally and actually in this world.
+
+God promised to Israel, as a people and a kingdom, such pre-eminence in
+origin, power, and growth.  The answer, then, is simple and
+plain--England, as representing the Lost Tribes of Israel, and Queen
+Victoria being a direct descendant from David.  For she came of James
+VI., of Scotland--he from Bruce and Duncan, and Malcolm, and Kenneth, and
+Kenneth through the kings of Argyleshire, Alpin, and Donald, and Fergus.
+Then through the long line of Irish Kings from Earca to Heremon, of Tara,
+and he married Tea Tephi, the daughter of Zedekiah, who, through Jeremiah
+the prophet, had been hid from the destroying vengeance of
+Nebuchadnezzar.  He killed all her brothers and kindred, and put out the
+eyes of Zedekiah and took him a captive to Babylon, where he died.
+
+Look also at the British nation, learned as they are, yet no historian
+can tell who the English were originally.  Sharon Turner, the best and
+most trustworthy on the origin of the Saxons, fails to solve the
+question.  He traces them into Central Asia, but there he stops.  They
+here form part of the Aryan race, speaking the Sanscrit language, from
+which came the Greek and Latin.  And from this place and people came
+forth the Goths and their language, and also the Saxons and their
+language came to view here.  The German and Saxon both seem to have come
+forth from the Aryan stock.
+
+The very place the Saxons came from is the very place where the Lost
+Tribes were carried captive to by the King of Assyria, about 725 years
+before Christ, as we read in the second book of Kings, seventeenth
+chapter.  Take the very word Saxon.  This word comes from the Sanscrit:
+Saka Suna.  Saka means era, epoch, or date, and Suna means void, without.
+Hence the word Saxon means a people whose origin is unknown--void of
+date.  True, Nebuchadnezzar saw no hands cutting the little stone out
+from the mountain.  The origin of the English nation is hid because God
+cast away His people for a time--not for ever.  It is this view of the
+stone kingdom that corresponds to the prophets, to history, especially to
+the English history.
+
+The very island itself is insignificant, and no doubt was once joined to
+the continent of Europe.  The formation on both sides of the English
+Channel--that is, on the French and English coasts, are the same--namely,
+chalk.  The ocean in time past washed through a passage, and thus
+prepared a place for exiled Israel to rest in, and renew their strength.
+
+Why should this small island and a few and scattered people become so
+powerful, so as to sweep the sea, and dictate on land, constantly engaged
+in war, and though small, winning victory upon victory, and like the
+stone, growing stronger and stronger, after fighting the whole of Europe,
+giving liberties in religion that oftentimes imperilled her safety at
+home, opening her ports to all the world, and venturing to compete in
+trade with all nations?
+
+How came they to take India, a country of so vast an extent, so powerful,
+rich, and chivalrous a country, at that time composed of sixteen separate
+and powerful nations, speaking thirty-six different languages, and
+numbering in population some 200,000,000?
+
+With all her faults, still to her the world owes much.  She has stood for
+liberty in person and conscience.  The world has little to-day which
+ennobles men and nations but what she has produced or aided in producing.
+
+The right foot of the image stands for France, while the left signifies
+Spain.  On these two feet long stood Rome, as all know.  When these two
+feet were broken, then soon followed the downfall of Rome as an empire,
+and as they are conquered for Jesus, so will the empire of Rome, as a
+Church, fall.
+
+In the year 1346 took place the battle of Cressey, led by Edward III.
+Then the little stone fell on the right foot, and since then it has
+fallen on that same foot victoriously 218 times.  On the left foot,
+Spain, thirty-five times.  All this time this stone has been growing.  In
+1665 the English, under General Penn, took Jamaica, and every four years
+since they have added a colony.  Now that little stone bears rule over
+fifty-five colonies, one empire, namely, India, and one dominion, Canada.
+And yet, mighty as England was, she could not subdue the American
+provinces, feeble and scattered colonists as they were.  Then they sought
+to fight against Providence.  Old Jacob blessed the sons of Joseph,
+Ephraim, and Manasseh, and then predicted their destiny, saying of
+Manasseh, "He also shall become a people, and he also shall be great; but
+truly his younger brother shall be greater than he, and his seed shall
+become a multitude of nations."  So they are; and so Manasseh is a great
+people in the American nation.
+
+This stone cut out of the mountain has much to do and destroy; it is
+still watching the head of gold.  Israel and Babylon are still face to
+face.  Greece will first disappear, although England is trying to revive
+it.  Next, Persia will go, then Babylon, or head of gold.  Russia will
+have grown to giant-like proportions, and will finally measure swords
+with England.  The stone will win.  England will then move her royal
+residence and throne to Jerusalem.  Every country and province may then
+be independent, like Canada, but federated to the central government.
+Ireland will then be free, yes, doubly free--free from Rome and free from
+England as a State, but still federated to the central government.  It is
+thus this stone will fill the earth.  America will federate, the central
+government will be destroyed.  State rights increase.  These are some of
+the things suggested and taught by this vision.
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE HORN AND TURKEY.
+DISCOURSE VIII.
+
+
+THE TURKS THE ISHMAELITES--ENGLAND AND RUSSIA TO PARTITION THE MAHOMMEDAN
+EMPIRE--WHY ENGLAND SYMPATHISES WITH TURKEY.
+
+    "And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed
+    exceeding great, toward the South, and toward the East, and toward
+    the pleasant land."--Daniel viii. 9.
+
+Nebuchadnezzar had a dream, in which he saw a great metallic image of
+human form.  The head of gold stood for Babylon; the silver arms and
+breast for Persia; the brass belly and thighs for Greece; the iron legs
+and feet of iron and clay for Rome.  To all this we find history has
+faithfully and beautifully responded.
+
+A few years after this we find that Daniel has a dream, which is
+interpreted to him by an angel.  From it we learn that the ten toes
+symbolised ten kingdoms which were to arise out of the Roman Empire.
+
+In the chapter from which we take our text, we are introduced into the
+secrets of a vision which Daniel had.  The place of the vision is on the
+banks of the River Ulai, in the province of Elam, and in the gorgeous
+palace of Shushan--a place and palace made famous and familiar to us by
+the doings of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther.  In other words, the scene
+is changed from the palace of Babylon to the palace of Persia.
+
+In this vision, Pesia is typified by a ram, the two horns of which
+represented Persia and Media, for they formed one Empire at this time,
+under the powerful rule and reign of Cyrus, who, coming from the East,
+pushed his conquests "Westward, and Northward, and Southward."  "The two
+horns were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came
+up last."  From history we know that Media conquered Persia, and we know,
+also, that finally Persia gained ascendancy, so that the higher came up
+last, and is even in existence to-day as the small kingdom of Persia; but
+Media has long since disappeared.
+
+While the seer Daniel was considering, behold an he-goat came from the
+West.  This goat had a notable horn between his eyes.  Horn generally
+symbolises power; here it symbolises a king of peculiar power, Daniel
+tells us.  Goat-like, it bounded over the earth rapidly, pushing and
+goring its adversaries.  Can any one at all acquainted with history fail
+to see how fitly and grandly this description of the goat forecasts the
+origin and progress of the Greek Empire?
+
+Substitute Alexander the Great for the notable horn, and you at once mate
+history and this vision.  Surely God has not left Himself without
+witnesses.  "Then the magicians said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of
+God."  So we may freely say unto the historians and students of history,
+Truly, in these things we see the finger of God.
+
+Could any historian describe more faithfully and accurately the
+invasions, conquests, and victories of Alexander the Great, especially
+his assault on the Persians?  How marvellous and simple the description
+by Daniel: "And he came to the ram that had two horns (Persia), which I
+had seen standing before the river, and ran unto him in the fury of his
+power; and I saw him come close unto the ram, and he was moved with
+choler against him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns; and there
+was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the
+ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the
+ram out of his hand."
+
+And with the same majestic simplicity we have the downfall of Alexander
+and the division of his Empire described.  Listen!  "Therefore the
+he-goat waxed very great; and when he was strong the great horn was
+broken; and for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of
+heaven."
+
+To fully understand the sacred writer here, you must call to mind a
+little of history, more and better, for all knowledge only aids us the
+better and better to read the Bible.
+
+What beast save the goat could characterise Alexander and his reign?  He
+was the son of Philip of Macedon, born 356 B.C., and died in 323.  He
+began his reign at twenty years of age, and closed it in twelve years and
+eight months.  No man in the same time ever fought so many battles, won
+so many victories, and subdued so many people.  No man, before or since,
+ever ruled over so many people and such a kingdom.  Queen Victoria is in
+these things his only rival.  But with his sudden death the fruits of his
+victories are re-distributed.  His Empire was divided into four parts;
+the four Diadochi were his successors.  What lessons may men and nations
+learn by studying the prophecies!
+
+"For prophecy came not in old time by the will of man; but holy men of
+God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost;" and unto this sure word
+of prophecy we do well to take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a
+dark place.  "Knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is of
+any private interpretation" (2 Peter i. 20).  As naturally as nature
+responds to the seasons, so will providence to prophecy.  We can discern
+Spring-time, Summer, Autumn, and Winter.  The garden will reveal to us
+Winter as distinct from Summer, so in interpreting prophecy we must
+always look for an agreement between providence and the world.  As
+naturally as the goat symbolises Alexander, so will providence in natural
+history respond.  Winter, with its winds, storms, and frost; with its
+leafless trees and desolate gardens, proclaim, beyond a doubt, which
+season of the four is bearing rule.  Such a thing cannot be of private
+interpretation; and prophecy, when fulfilled, is as easy seen, and is not
+of private interpretation.  A man is as foolish in forging prophecy as
+one would be in trying to forge Winter by putting artificial leaves on
+trees, and flowers on bushes.  The thing is easily known if we exercise
+our reason.  In this line of thought we are sorry to note that men have
+more faith than reason; hence the blunderings of prophetic writers, and
+the leaders of Adventism and Millenarianism.  Prophecy unfulfilled
+commands and demands our faith--much more faith than reason, for it is
+impossible to see how some things can come to pass, but if they are
+subjects of prophecy they surely will, whether we understand them or not.
+A prophecy fulfilled, however, appeals more to reason than faith, for if
+fulfilled, it can readily be demonstrated.
+
+As naturally as the female and male birds know each other and mate
+together, so will events and prophecy.  This kind of argument Isaiah
+uses: "Seek ye out the Book of the Lord and read; no one of these shall
+fail, none shall want her mate, for My mouth it hath commanded, and His
+Spirit it hath gathered them" (Isa. xxxiv. 16).  I charge you to beware
+of prophetic dentists who put false teeth in the mouth of prophecy; who
+by their haste and impatience forestall prophecy and weaken men's faith
+instead of strengthening it.  Prophetic evidence is very strong evidence,
+both for the Christian and the infidel.
+
+Some will fail to be convinced when prophecy is fulfilled.  Jew-like,
+they will blind their eyes and shut their ears to the evidences and voice
+of fulfilled prophecy.  The entire career of our Lord Jesus Christ was
+foretold and mapped out by the Old Testament writers.  Moses declared His
+family; Micah the place of His birth; Isaiah the virginity of His mother;
+Zechariah His triumphant entry into Jerusalem; David His life,
+resurrection, and ascension, with many other kinds of evidence of a
+detailed and general character; yet the Jews, who claimed to be well
+versed in the Old Testament, rejected Christ.  Keep these things in mind
+while we now consider the text more directly.
+
+You remember that out of the goat kingdom there came up four notable
+ones, and out of one them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding
+great toward the South, East, and pleasant land, or land of Palestine.
+Now this horn is not to be confounded with the little horn of the fourth
+kingdom spoken of in chapter vii., for that horn might justly be called
+the eleventh toe horn, as it comes into existence after the ten-toe
+kingdoms.  The little horn of the text is explained in verse 23 to be a
+king of fierce countenance.  He was to appear in the latter time.  It
+will be interesting for us to ascertain what king, people, and country
+this little horn stands for.  Daniel has given us a very vivid picture of
+the king.  He is to be of fierce countenance, to understand dark
+sentences, to stand up in power and might, not however in his own power;
+he will claim to be appointed and authorised of God, and will pretend to
+rule in God's name; he will destroy wonderfully even the mighty of the
+world and the holy people; he will be very prosperous and practical,
+giving a great impetus to trade.  By means of his prosperity he will
+become proud and strong, and will destroy many.  He will actually stand
+up in place of Jesus--Prince of princes.  But finally he will be broken
+without a hand.  Thus, you see, Daniel gives us twelve special features
+of his person and reign.  Without doubt the mate of these descriptions
+will be found on the person of Mahommed, and his successors in religion
+Mahommedanism, and in people and country the Turks and Turkey.
+
+Mahommed had his religion and himself recognised about the year 622 at
+Mecca.  From that time and place he went forth to waste and to destroy.
+As his religion prevailed, so he subdued the country or territory.  He
+united in himself the rights and prerogatives of king, priest, and
+prophet, making it obligatory upon his followers to prepare a way and
+enforce his religion by the sword.  He was indeed a king of fierce
+countenance.  Thus sprang Mahommedanism and the Turkish nation into
+existence.  As a people, they are chiefly the descendants of Esau and
+Ishmael.  If one desires to know the history and final destiny of this
+people, let him study the prophetic utterances concerning Esau and
+Ishmael.  They are the descendants of Abraham, and so they very naturally
+fall into the prophetic line.
+
+The Hungarians came from this family through Lot.  The Poles and Magyars
+are from Moab and Ammon.  These things being so, it is no wonder the
+Hungarians and Turks should sympathise, nor that England should have a
+liking for Turks, England being the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel.  Alliance
+and sympathy between England and Turkey has a deeper root and meaning
+than some are willing to admit.  Turkey, however, as a distinct empire,
+is nearly at an end.  The recognition of the Ten Lost Tribes, and their
+restoration with the Jews to Palestine, is connected with the downfall of
+Turkey.  "Saviours are to come up on Mount Zion to judge the Mount of
+Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord's" (Obad.).
+
+How clearly speaks Obadiah again when he says, "How are the things of
+Esau searched out! how are his hidden things sought up!  All the men of
+thy confederacy have brought thee even to the border; the men that were
+at peace with thee have deceived thee, and prevailed against thee; they
+that eat thy bread have laid a wound under thee; there is none
+understanding in him.  Shall I not in that day, saith the Lord, even
+destroy the wise men out of Edom, and understanding out of the Mount of
+Esau?"
+
+These are the latter times of the king of fierce countenance.  Hear
+Daniel inquiring of the angel in this vision, "How long shall be the
+vision concerning the daily sacrifice and the transgression of
+desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under
+foot?  And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days."
+These days are generally allowed to stand for years.  If so, Jerusalem
+was destroyed 70 A.D.  The time Daniel saw this vision was about 490
+B.C.; take 70 from this leaves 420.  From 2,300 take 420, and we have
+1,880.  "Then shall the sanctuary be cleansed."  What means this?  It
+means Jerusalem will recur back again into the hands of the Jews and
+Israel.  Christ said that the Jews "should fall by the edge of the sword,
+and be led away captive into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden
+down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled" (Luke
+xxi. 24).
+
+Now we know the Jews did fall by the sword when the Romans took
+Jerusalem.  Second, we know they were scattered among the nations.
+Third, Jerusalem has been trodden under foot--so much so, that Christians
+have not been permitted to stand on Mount Zion, where now stands the
+Mosque of Omar.  And this is the city of the great King.  This is Mount
+Zion, from which is yet to go forth the law.  This is Jerusalem that God
+promises to yet again make the chief place of the earth.  "Arise, shine,
+for the light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee."
+When, we ask, will the fulness of the Gentiles come in?  We answer, Soon.
+Think of what God has taught us in His Word.  We, as the Lost Tribes,
+have indeed been ignorant of our origin and destiny.  "For I would not,
+brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be
+wise in your own conceits, that blindness in part is happened to Israel,
+until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in" (Rom. xi. 25).  This time
+is nicely pointed out by John in Rev. xi. 2: "But the court which is
+without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto
+the Gentiles, and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two
+months;" or, as explained in the following verse, a thousand two hundred
+and three-score days.  Accepting a day for a year again, and we have
+1,260 years.  Taking Mahommed power to date from 622, or about, then 622
+and 1,260 make 1,882.  Now just as sure as Jerusalem is now trodden under
+foot, as certainly will it be free.
+
+"Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful
+garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city; for henceforth there shall no more
+come into thee the uncircumcised and the unclean.  Shake thyself from the
+dust; arise and sit down, O Jerusalem; loose thyself from the bands of
+thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion" (Isa. lii. 1, 2).
+
+England is appointed of God to take possession of Palestine and restore
+Jerusalem.  God has told us through Isaiah that He will lay vengeance
+upon Edom by the hand of Israel.  The many days of the vision of Daniel
+are now gone; the time is nearly up.
+
+"For Zion's sake will I not hold My peace, and for Jerusalem's sake I
+will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness,
+and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth; and the Gentiles shall
+see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory."  It is the duty of the
+watchmen of Zion to discern the signs of the times and become obedient
+unto heavenly instruction.  "Ye that make mention of the Lord, keep not
+silence, and give Him no rest till He establish, and till He make
+Jerusalem a praise in the earth" (Isa. lxii. 1, 2, 6, 7).
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE HORN AND ANTI-CHRIST.
+DISCOURSE IX.
+
+
+PROPHETIC WONDERS--TWENTY MARKS OF THE MONSTER--THE BERLIN
+CONGRESS--ANTI-CHRISTS MANY--MISTAKES BY WRITERS.
+
+    "I considered the horns, and behold! there came up among them another
+    little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked
+    up by the roots; and behold! in this horn were eyes like the eyes of
+    man, and a mouth speaking great things."--Daniel vii. 8.
+
+In the visions and dream recorded by Daniel in this chapter we have the
+same subject matter as that contained in the dream of Nebuchadnezzar of
+the metallic image.  In this the subject is carried further into the
+future, bringing to view some new items of interest, under different
+symbols and more of detail.  The four kingdoms of the metallic image are
+in this dream presented by the symbolism of four beasts.  Babylon by a
+lion which had eagle's wings, setting forth the strength and swiftness of
+the same.  Persia by a bear raised up on one side.  Persia at this time
+was composed of Media as well, but the one-sided position of the bear
+denotes the dying out of Media and the continuance of Persia.  The same
+idea is conveyed in the eighth chapter and third verse: "The ram had two
+horns, and one was higher than the other, and the higher came up last."
+Media was a kingdom before Persia, but Persia was to survive Media; all
+this history confirms.  After the Medo-Persian Empire declined, Persia
+surviving, held on to Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt--that is, when the bear
+was raised up on one side, it held in its mouth three ribs, and was
+strong for a time.
+
+The Macedonian Empire Daniel saw under the type of a leopard, which had
+on its back four wings of a fowl; the beast also had four heads.  Babylon
+was represented by two wings, but it is very fitting that Alexander and
+his empire should have four wings, for no conqueror ever flew so fast
+over the earth as this same monarch.  In the metallic image he is
+represented by brass, in this by a leopard, and in the one we noticed in
+Discourse VII., by the goat.  How wonderfully appropriate are these
+symbolisms.  The four heads of this leopard stand for the four kingdoms
+into which the Macedonian Empire was divided on the death of
+Alexander--namely, first, Egypt under Ptolemy; second, Syria under
+Antigonus; third, Asia Minor under Lysimachus; fourth, Greece under
+Cassandar.  These four kings were the four leading generals of Alexander.
+
+The fourth beast of this vision is a nondescript; for among all the
+animal creation there could not be found one that could suitably
+represent Rome.  But one was made for the purpose, combining in itself
+all that is fierce and terrible.  "And behold a fourth beast, dreadful
+and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it
+devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of
+it; and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it
+had ten horns."  Its teeth were of iron and its claws of brass.  What a
+monster!  The other beasts faithfully represented their respective
+kingdoms, and so did this.  What a record!  What a counterpart we have in
+history of this beast!  "Tell it not in Gath, publish it not in the
+streets of Askelon," lest the Pagan rejoice, and the heathen mock at us,
+and the infidel triumph over us.  Blot out from Time's record the 24th of
+August, 1572.  Let not our children learn the name of St. Bartholomew,
+for fear they should despise Christianity.  Quench the flames of
+Smithfield, destroy the Inquisition, and divorce Christianity from such a
+kingdom, from such a beast.  Thank heaven! the beast is dying; its teeth
+are worn to the very gum by the gnawings of centuries; its claws are not
+now sharp, so it cannot now crush the innocent, as in days gone by, nor
+tear with its brass claw the weak.  Though the beast is growing old and
+weaker, yet let us remember that its death struggle is yet to come.  The
+beast has been wounded, but this shall only serve to intensify its rage.
+To be forewarned is to be forearmed, if we are wise.
+
+This beast, Daniel tells us, had ten horns, and these horns are ten
+kings--that is, kingdoms--that shall arise.  Just here we may reasonably
+ask whether these ten kingdoms are yet in existence, and the answer is,
+No.  Some of them may be; of course they are in existence, as was General
+Grant before the war, but not yet distinct or assigned their special work
+and place.  The time, however, for them all to appear is near at hand.
+Of this we may rest satisfied, when once they are all in existence we
+will have no difficulty in knowing them.  Prophecy unfulfilled is always
+more difficult to interpret than when it is fulfilling or fulfilled.  We
+have no doubt but some of these horns are in existence, and from what we
+can glean from prophecy and history, some are not yet in their proper
+place.
+
+The special province of prophecy is to prepare us for what is coming.
+Searching into prophecy enables us to forecast the future with tolerable
+certainty, just as the scientists can tolerably forecast the weather by
+studying the laws, forces, and inclinations of nature.  So the Christian
+student, by studying prophecy, Providence, and history, and comparing
+them, can know much of what is coining.  On the Divine side all prophecy
+is certain, but on the human it can only be approximated.  Prophecy
+furnishes the strongest kind of evidence in favour of the existence of
+God--inspiration of the Scriptures and Providence.  The Lord Himself
+calls our attention to this kind of evidence frequently in the Bible.
+"Produce your cause, saith the Lord; bring forth your strong reasons,
+said the King of Jacob.  Let them bring them forth and show us what shall
+happen; let them show the former things what they be, that we may
+consider them, and know the latter end of them; or declare us things for
+to come" (Isa. xli. 21, 22).
+
+Prophecy does not interfere with the coming to pass of an event, or
+suppress man's freedom no more than the man at Washington, who gives us
+the weather probabilities, makes the weather or regulates nature.  Even
+when men know the sequence of a thing they oftentimes persist in doing
+it.  The soldiers who wrangled at the cross about the dividing of the
+garments of the crucified One, thought little and cared less for
+prophecy; but when they came to the Saviour's vest, they fell into the
+line of prophecy, for at once they cast lots for that, all of which had
+been fore-written for hundreds of years.  Run and tell that young man
+that the place he is entering is the way of death.  Tell him that the air
+is foul, that the furniture and painted humanity are all gotten up to
+deceive.  Tell him that in a few years he will repent ever having seen
+such a place.  And what is your reward?  It is that you are laughed at
+and esteemed as one that interferes, and told to mind your own business.
+The young man is free and self-confident.  Look in a few years for that
+same young man and you shall find him a terrible example of fulfilled
+prophecy.  Diseased, worn, weak, and weary, he cries in the anguish of
+soul for his folly.  "And thou mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy
+body are consumed, and say, How have I hated instruction, and my heart
+despised reproof?" (Prov. v. 11, 12).
+
+The famous European Congress which met in Berlin, we foresaw would meet,
+near three years ago, and told you the conditions under which it would be
+called.  In the dark days of the past did we not repeat to you our faith,
+as fostered from prophecy, that England could not go to war?  Many of
+you, and persons in different parts of the country, advised me by letter
+when the telegraph despatches came crowding and threatening, that I had
+so said.  The intention was to break my faith, or at least to remind me
+that I had not spoken correctly.  What now? who is right?  This Congress
+completed a prophetic period.  After it was over new scenery appeared and
+a new act came upon the stage.  But more of this by-and-bye.
+
+Among the results of this Congress will be an enlargement of England's
+power over Turkey and Egypt.  For England must possess Constantinople,
+because to Israel it is promised that he shall possess the gates of his
+enemies, and this is one of the finest gates in the world.  Palestine
+will come into the hands of England, and be opened up for the return of
+the Jews, who, when the time comes will go in multitudes, and the Lost
+Tribes representatively.  "I will take you one of a city, and two of a
+family, and I will bring you to Zion" (Jer. iii. 14).  In a few years men
+will understand why, in this country, as well as in England, people are
+hunting up their genealogy, and by tradition, history, and heraldry,
+trying to ascertain of what family they are.  The re-settlement of
+Palestine by God's chosen people, the Lost Tribes, no one can deny who
+reads and believes the Bible.  Hanging upon the fulfilment of this great
+fact are many other prophecies and events, which are of great interest to
+the Church and the world.
+
+1st.  The ten-toed kingdom must be formed.  These kings are to form an
+alliance with the beast, or Church of Rome, as representative of this
+beast.  "And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have
+received no kingdom as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the
+beast.  These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto
+the beast" (Rev. xvii. 12).  Thus strengthened, the beast will make war
+with the saints, or chosen, but it will be her final struggle, for in
+struggling she will die.  These ten kings will forsake her.
+
+2nd.  Anti-Christ has to appear after the settlement of Palestine.
+Anti-Christ is represented by the other little horn spoken of in the
+text.  This little horn is to come forth from one of the ten horns.  He,
+too, will ally with the beast.  The subject of Anti-Christ is a very
+interesting one; on it men have written and speculated much and wildly.
+In studying a subject of this kind, we should first ascertain the
+Scripture teachings on it, then look for the preparative signs in the
+Church and world, and finally, for the counterpart, which, once in
+existence, no one can fail to recognise.  The time, person, and work of
+Anti-Christ have been very clearly set forth in the Old and New
+Testaments, especially by Isaiah, in the fourteenth chapter and twelfth
+to sixteenth verses; by Daniel in the seventh and eleventh chapters,
+under the symbolism of this little horn; by Paul in second Thessalonians,
+second chapter and first to twelfth verses; also by John in Revelation,
+thirteenth chapter and nineteenth chapter and twentieth verse, besides
+many other references.
+
+Of Anti-Christ the early Christian fathers had different views.  1st.
+Some thought that he would be Satan assuming the appearance of a man.
+2nd. Some thought he would be a hybrid, the offspring of Satan by a
+harlot; of this opinion were Lactantius and Sulspitius.  3rd. Hilary,
+Jerome, and others thought he would be Satan incarnated.  4th.
+Chrysostom, Theopolact, and Theodoret thought he would be a real man
+under the influence of the devil.  This latter view we accept as being
+the nearest to the Scripture teaching.  In the Scriptures he goes by the
+names of Lucifer, man of sin, son of perdition, and that wicked one.  Now
+all these names are indicative of some special feature of his character.
+Man of sin points out the intensity of the person in wickedness.  As some
+time ago a man was called "the wickedest man in New York," so Anti-Christ
+will be called the man of sin, having been the greatest sinner of human
+kind.
+
+From the Scriptures we find that he will be characterised by some twenty
+peculiarities.  These we will just enumerate: a cunning seducer, a vile
+imposter, a bold blasphemer, a great tyrant, a wonderful organiser and
+diplomatist; hence he will readily make alliances with other kings and
+strengthen himself; a pretentious and hypocritical Communist, dividing
+his lands, money, and treasure among the people; he will be very
+ambitious and aspiring, doing or being anything so he may gain his point;
+he will be very self-willed; he will be very boastful, speaking great
+words; he will be very cruel, not heeding the plea of woman; he will be
+very sacrilegious, sitting in the temple of God--that is, the new temple,
+built by the returned Jews--and actually claim to be God; he will be a
+scientific spiritualist, able to work miracles, even to bring fire down
+from the clouds; he will be very powerful by his alliance, apparent
+generosity, and scientific deception; he will be a great liar, making
+treaties and breaking them whenever it suits him; he will be very wicked,
+guilty of all manner of crime; his reign will be short as a king, only
+about three-and-a-half years.  Before this he will have been a man of
+power and position.  He will suddenly be destroyed in the time of a
+fearful uprising of the people; he will remain unburied in the streets of
+Jerusalem for a time, then, finally, his remains will be burnt up.  These
+and many other facts inspiration furnish us beforehand of this most
+wonderful character.
+
+Against this person our Saviour warned the Jews and all the Church, but
+especially the Jews, and He did so for special reasons, which will appear
+hereafter in this discourse.  Christ said, "I am come in My Father's
+name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own name, him
+ye shall receive."  At the time of Anti-Christ's death there will be
+raging a fearful war, and coincident with this war there will be another
+Saint Bartholomew massacre in several of the ten-toed kingdoms.  The
+beast and Anti-Christ are to be destroyed about the same time.  It will
+be the last plot of the Jesuits, who are hounding to death poor Leo.
+XIII.  A glimpse of that time the Saviour showed to His disciples, when
+He said: "For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the
+beginning of the world, to this time, no, nor ever shall be; and except
+those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for
+the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.  Then, if any man shall
+say unto you, Lo! here is Christ, or there, believe it not; for there
+shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs
+and wonders, insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the
+very elect.  Behold!  I have told you before" (Matt. xxiv. 21-25).
+
+What a warning the Saviour gave the Jews, but how little have they and
+the Church heeded it!  In the second century appeared the famous Bar
+Cochebas, with his thousands of followers, who in his final struggle was
+slain with some sixty thousand of his adherents.  Also, think of
+Antiochus Epiphanes and his terrible delusions, the thousands and tens of
+thousands who flocked to his standard.  So marvellous was this delusion,
+that many have actually made him out to be Anti-Christ, but those who
+thus reason take the shadow for the substance, and do violence to all
+true Scripture exegesis.  Antiochus Epiphanes could not be Anti-Christ,
+for he was out of time, and meets but few of the special conditions of
+Anti-Christ.  History records the appearance of not less than twenty-five
+Anti-Christs, or persons who have claimed to be the Messiah of the Jews.
+How unbelief exposes a man or a people!
+
+Some have laboured to make it appear that Mahommed was Anti-Christ, but
+with all his badness, he is not bad enough to be Anti-Christ.  He reviled
+not God, he never sat in His temple, he did not die in Jerusalem.  He had
+an honourable burial.
+
+Some have tried to prove that Romanism and the Pope were Anti-Christ, but
+this cannot be, you will see at a glance.  The beast has its own
+character; that was long ago written out by the prophets, and up to the
+present time it has filled in the outlines with a marvellous minuteness.
+In these things many good and wise men have erred in making prophecies
+fit certain persons, and nations, and times, instead of waiting for these
+things to fit on to prophecy.  Let us not be prophetic forgers.  Let no
+one deceive you in these matters.  Adventism, Millerism, Shakerism,
+Spiritualism, are untimely excesses.  As systems they are, as yet, out of
+place.  This subject of Anti-Christ, as to who he will be, and when he
+will appear, I shall be obliged to leave for next Sunday evening, as my
+time is up.  May the good Lord guide us into the ways of truth and peace.
+
+
+
+
+ANTI-CHRIST AND LITTLE HORN.
+DISCOURSE X.
+
+
+SECOND DISCOURSE OF THE MONSTER--WHO HE WILL BE AND HIS NAME--HOW HE WILL
+OBTAIN POWER--TROUBLE FOR GERMANY, FRANCE, AND
+RUSSIA--COMMUNISM--ROMANISM--SHAKERS--MATTHIAS, WEST--CHESTER PROPHET.
+
+    "Let no man deceive you by any means; for that day shall not come,
+    except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be
+    revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself
+    above all that is called God, or that is worshipped, so that he, as
+    God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is
+    God."--2 Thess. ii. 3, 4.
+
+We may reasonably ask why Paul gave the Thessalonians this caution, and
+the answer will appear at once if we read his first epistle to this
+people.  There you will find Paul writing to them about the second coming
+of Christ, which writing the Thessalonians had evidently misunderstood,
+and this misunderstanding was working mischief among them.  They had
+false hopes and expectations.  Their faith, instead of exciting them to
+holy activity in Church and State, had begun to paralyse all their
+efforts.  "For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that _we_
+which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent
+them which are asleep; for the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven
+with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the trump of God;
+and the dead in Christ shall rise first (that is, before Christ
+descends); then _we_ which are alive and remain shall be caught up
+together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; and so
+shall _we_ ever be with the Lord" (1 Thess. iv. 15-17).  It was the
+frequent use of the pronoun "we" that had confused them--_we_ who remain,
+_we_ who are alive.  The Thessalonians had inferred from this that the
+second coming of Christ would take place in their day.  Hence, to correct
+this impression Paul thus writes in his second epistle.  The two verses
+preceding the text show us Paul's intent.  "Now we beseech you, brethren,
+by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together
+unto Him, that ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by
+spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ
+is at hand."  Then comes in the text, "Let no man deceive you," &c.
+
+In reasoning on such important subjects as Anti-Christ, resurrection, and
+second coming of Christ, we should always be mindful of the Scriptural
+order.  When we sit down to take dinner, we follow the order that custom
+has prescribed, soup, fish, meats, and dessert.  Children, however, if
+let alone, would reverse this order by beginning with the dessert first.
+So with many Christians, they reverse the order of things as laid down in
+the Bible.  They make Christ to come before Anti-Christ, and Anti-Christ
+to come before the Jews and Ten Lost Tribes are gathered together again
+and settled after their first estate in Palestine.  The Millerites could
+neither have deceived themselves nor others had they taken knowledge of
+the relation of things.  The Jews and Lost Tribes had not been gathered
+together then, the temple had not been built in Jerusalem, as described
+in the last chapter of Ezekiel, neither had Anti-Christ appeared.  But
+such was the folly of men then, and not less now than then.  Four-fifths
+of the prophecies of the Bible refer to the history of Judah and Israel
+in their own land, their captivity and return in the latter day.  Still
+men take one-fifth and confuse themselves and everybody else.  They have
+brought the prophets and prophecy into bad repute by ignorantly or
+wilfully interpreting the same.
+
+We freely avow now that the prophecy fulfilling at present is the finding
+of the Lost Ten Tribes, then their union with the Jews, then their
+restoration to Palestine, then after being settled there for some time,
+the Jews, as Jews, having built their new temple, and having established
+the Mosaic temple service again, and the Lost Tribes as Christians, then
+and there we may look for Anti-Christ--not before.  Not for the sake of
+boasting, and yet without fear, we freely invite ministers or laymen
+anywhere to disprove these facts, and to such we will respond cheerfully
+if asked for farther proof.  The Lost Tribes, we believe, are come to
+light, and may be found in the Saxon race chiefly as represented in this
+country and Great Britain.  If this be so, then we may look for the
+preparatory signs in Providence and nations, and thank Heaven, these are
+at hand and in accord with the Divine Word.
+
+In Nebuchadnezzar's metallic image we saw Rome symbolised by the legs,
+composed of iron and clay.  We saw, also, that the little stone cut out
+of the mountain began its destructive assault on the image, by striking
+the feet; these it would first break, so Rome politically has
+disappeared.  The ten toes, however, symbolised ten kings or kingdoms
+that were to arise in the latter day, or at the time of the end.  These
+ten kingdoms are also symbolised in Daniel's dream by ten horns that came
+out of the head of the nondescript animal that stood for Rome.  It is out
+of one of these ten horns that another little horn grows, having eyes
+like a man and a mouth speaking great things--that is, Anti-Christ.  It
+is at once plain, then, that ere Anti-Christ can appear, these ten
+kingdoms must be formed.  How, when, and where will these ten kingdoms be
+formed?  The clay part of Rome is still alive, and is designated by
+Daniel, and by John in Revelation, under the name of beast; and here you
+need to be careful, for the word beast is sometimes given to Anti-Christ,
+so as not to confound it with the word beast when it stands for the
+Romish Church.  They will be formed out of Spain, Italy, France, and part
+of Austria.  Edom, Moab, and the sons of Ammon in Austria, are to be
+free--that is, the Poles, Magyars, and Hungarians.  The setting up of
+these ten kingdoms will begin in France by a revolution.
+
+By the doctrine of infallibility, these countries are claimed by Rome,
+and wedded to her, and this doctrine of infallibility makes a divorce
+impossible.  Rome waits only her time to reclaim her supposed own.  And
+this doctrine of infallibility will make it a holy war, hence good and
+true Catholics everywhere will be obliged to sustain the same by their
+money, or presence, or prayers.  This, to many of our Catholic friends,
+will sound strange.  But this they know, if such an emergency ever does
+arise--they cannot well fight against the infallible Church--between
+commands and duties, they will readily prefer the Pope and Church to king
+and country.
+
+The Jesuits are now, and have long been, preparing for such an event:
+they expect it.  By their plottings and intrigues they will again, as
+many times before, involve the Church in war.  They are busy sowing the
+seeds of discord.  In past time both the Church itself and nations have
+banished these crafty fellows from their pale and country.  The United
+States alone, of the nations of the earth, is the only one that has not
+so done.  But even among us they are plotting and manoeuvring to such an
+extent that it will not be long before America will be tested and tried
+on this same subject.
+
+Among the preparatory signs of the coming of Anti-Christ we have
+Communism, which is destined to spread.  In Europe it will unsettle every
+throne but one--that is, Israel, England.  We fear that neither the
+Church nor State comprehend the terrible power that is thus quietly
+organising in this and other lands.  It is this uprising of the
+Communists and intriguing of the Jesuits in our own land, that will call
+General Grant once more to the front, as we pointed out to you months
+ago.  The recent European Congress resulted in patching up a temporary
+peace between Russia, England, and Turkey.  A place will be provided for
+the Duke of Edinburgh, who, having married the Czar's daughter, will
+enable the two Powers to agree.  He may not be the first prince, still he
+and his seed are to find a kingdom in that place.  Russia will be willing
+for England to have Constantinople, and exercise a provisional
+protectorate over Turkey, with a view of strengthening his daughter's
+chances.  England will thus come peaceably in possession of Palestine.
+
+Germany, being tied to both the Russian and English thrones by blood and
+marriage, will also freely consent.  Besides, Germany is going to pass
+through a severe trial.  The old Emperor will soon die, and also
+Bismarck, then a new prince will advise the new king, new counsel, and
+new blood, near and on the throne.  Germany will become a prey to
+internal strife, fanned by the discontented Catholics of the Empire, that
+number some 15,000,000, and weakened by the Communistic elements.  Not
+much longer can Germany bear the strain of her immense army and enormous
+taxes in consequence.
+
+Russia also will have all she can do to stay the desire for reform, and
+the claims of the Nihilists or Communists.  Thus will Providence prepare
+His people's way back to Palestine.
+
+If God promises once He does so fifty times, that He will restore Israel
+and Judah to their own land.  To this one thing all Providence is
+concentrating, and this is the key that unseals prophecy and Providence.
+"And I will cause the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to
+return, and will build them as at the first" (Jer. xxxiii. 7).  They will
+form a free province, electing their own rulers and governors.  They will
+be quite democratic, doing away with all titles, being the children of
+the Lord.  "And the nobles shall be of themselves, and their governor
+shall proceed from the midst of them" (Jer. xxx. 21); or, as stated by
+Isaiah, chap, i, verse 26, "And I will restore thy judges as at the
+first, and thy counsellors as at the beginning; afterward thou shalt be
+called, The city of righteousness, the faithful city."  Thus they will be
+a free province, managing their own affairs under the patronage and
+protection of England.  Now it is this freedom that will open the door
+and prepare the way for Anti-Christ.  He will be elected governor because
+of his supposed superiority in manners, science, and benevolence.  He
+will appear as a lamb at first, according to John, but once in power his
+true character will appear.  He will be a great scientist, and in the
+eyes and faith of the multitude He will be able to work miracles--to
+bring, scientifically, fire down from heaven.  So clever will he be that
+he will deceive some of the very elect.
+
+Before his election he will have been a man of great power and influence.
+Once in power he will contrive to centre all power and interests in
+himself.  He will pander to the Communists--to the Romish Church--to the
+scientific infidels of the day.  In this feature he will draw heavily
+upon the Germans, and create quite a sympathy in England and this
+country.  "For some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and
+to purge, and to make them white even to the time of the end" (Dan. xi.
+35).
+
+The Scriptures having pointed out the special features of his character,
+we see that many of these features are already in the world.  This is
+Anti-Christ.  This is the spirit of Anti-Christ.  And when God withdraws
+His restraining power, Anti-Christ will embody all these forces and
+characteristics in himself.  And all men having these features, will
+sympathise with him, and aid him.  God alone is now keeping back and down
+this spirit of Anti-Christ until His own chosen time.  "And now ye know
+what withholdeth, that he might be revealed in his time; for the mystery
+of iniquity doth already work, only he who now letteth will let until he
+be taken out of the way (that is, till God withdraws Himself), and then
+shall that wicked be revealed."
+
+Anti-Christ means one opposed to Christ.  Also it means one opposed to
+Christ, and yet desires to be Christ--who wishes to be received as
+Christ.  And when the time comes, he will be received by many.  The Jews
+will be looking for, and expecting the coming of, their Messiah, hence
+many of these will be deceived.  Many radical Adventists and Millenarians
+will accept him, because they are in haste in their expectations: many of
+these will follow him.  Indeed, the whole world seems ripe to furnish him
+a quota.  But who will he be?  Answer: He will be a French Jew, who will
+intermarry into the Bonaparte family.  His title will be Napoleon I. of
+Palestine.  This word Napoleon, resolved into Greek equivalents, is equal
+to Apollyon, and as a number stands for 666.  "Here is wisdom.  Let him
+that hath understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the
+number of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six" (Rev.
+viii. 18).
+
+Christ, when warning the Jews of Anti-Christ, said, "I am come in My
+Father's name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own
+name, him ye will receive."  Here, and in other discourses, we have to
+content ourselves at many points with mere statements, for to defend
+every point would take too long a time, and would not suit our purpose.
+It is our desire in all these discourses to incite you to study, to teach
+you to examine for yourselves; to prepare you against being unduly led
+away by Adventism, Communism, or Infidelity; to give you an interest in
+Providence and history.  Do you ask if any will be led away by such a
+false pretender?  We answer, Yes--unless humanity undergoes some radical
+change.  Take a few instances:--
+
+Our Shaker friends believed in Mother Ann Lee.  This woman in 1770, while
+living in Manchester, England, pretended to have a special revelation
+from Heaven, making known unto her that she was the female side of
+Christ--as Jesus was the revelation of the male side.  As Eve was taken
+out of Adam, the female principle separated from the male, so she was
+separated from Christ.  This, and much that is curious, do these sincere,
+honest, and industrious people believe.
+
+Take another example, nearer home, and of which some of you are
+cognizant, having known the pretender and many of his duped followers.
+We refer to Matthias, the prophet of Westchester County.  This pretended
+lord began his labours in Albany, N.Y., in 1830.  First he taught himself
+to be God's high priest, then the Saviour, then he claimed to be God.  On
+being asked where he was from, he would answer: "I am a traveller, and my
+legal residence is Zion Hill, Westchester County, New York State.  I am a
+Jewish teacher and priest of the Most High God, saying and doing all that
+I do, under oath, by virtue of my having subscribed to all the covenants
+that God hath made with man from the beginning up to this time.  I am
+chief high priest of the Jews of the Order of Melchizedec, being the last
+chosen of the twelve apostles, and the first in the resurrection which is
+at the end of 2,300 years from the birth of Mahommed, which terminates in
+1830.  I am now denouncing judgment on the Gentiles, and that judgment is
+to be executed in this age."
+
+He appeared in fine pontifical robes, with a rule six feet long in his
+right hand; with this he was to measure off God's holy city.  In his left
+hand he had a two-edged sword.  Underneath his pontifical robe he had a
+rich olive broadcloth cloak, lined and faced with silk and velvet;
+besides, he wore a brown frock coat, with several stars on each breast,
+with a splendid gold star on the left.  His belt was of white cloth,
+fastened by a golden clasp, and surmounted with an eagle.  He wore a
+cocked hat of black beaver, trimmed with green, the rear angle being
+surmounted by the golden symbol of glory.
+
+He moved from Albany to New York, and here succeeded most wonderfully,
+winning over some of the finest families of Fifth Avenue, and the richest
+and best merchants of this city.  His followers furnished him with plenty
+of money, carriages, a mansion in the city, and one in the country.
+Finally he was accused and detected of the worst crimes, and at last was
+sent to Sing Sing.  While in jail he issued the following proclamation:
+"As I live, there shall be no more sowing in the earth until I, the
+twelfth and last of the apostles, am delivered out of the house of
+bondage."  For fear of this proclamation many of the farmers refused to
+sow, and they set to work to deliver him, and succeeded.  He left the
+jail, and may be living yet to read what we now state to you.
+
+It is really wonderful how easily men are deceived in religious matters.
+Let us study the Word, ask God's guidance in knowing and doing His will.
+Time is gone.  I have said but little, much more might be said.  In my
+next discourse I will introduce you to two old men who will visit
+Anti-Christ.
+
+
+
+
+THE TWO WITNESSES.
+DISCOURSE XI.
+
+
+TROUBLOUS TIMES--APPEARANCE OF THE WITNESSES--WHO ARE THEY?--HOW THEY CAN
+BE IDENTIFIED--THEIR MISSION, WORK, AND SUFFERING--THE TIME AND
+CIRCUMSTANCES OF CHRIST'S COMING.
+
+    "And I will give power unto My two witnesses, and they shall prophesy
+    a thousand two hundred and three-score days, clothed in
+    sackcloth."--Rev. ii. 3.
+
+We will all agree that the person and work of Anti-Christ are yet in the
+future.  For while Anti-Christ is ruling in Jerusalem, and battling with
+the saints of the Most High, having conquered and plucked up by the roots
+three of the ten-horned kingdoms by his victories and cunning craft, and
+his alliance with the beast or the Church of Rome, he will become proud,
+blasphemous, and arrogant, and will at once try to force the people to
+worship the beast.  He will claim to be the promised Jewish Messiah.  He
+will enter the new Jewish Temple and actually sit enthroned as God
+incarnated, commanding the people to worship him.  He will be so received
+by the Jews, some of the Israelites and the Romish Church, by the
+Communists and scientific infidels, and by "such as do wickedly against
+the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries," men of understanding shall
+fall; indeed, Christianity will seem to be about destroyed.
+
+Russia will aid by her influence his pretensions with a secret purpose to
+take the spoils and gain her long-desired object, Jerusalem and
+Palestine.  England will stand aloof for a time, waiting an opportunity
+to interfere.  Then will be a time to try men's faith--to test the
+Church.  England and America will stand alone as representing freedom and
+religious liberty.  "And then shall many be offended and shall betray one
+another, and shall hate one another.  And many false prophets shall arise
+and deceive many; and because iniquity shall abound, the love of many
+shall wax cold; but he that shall endure unto the end shall be saved."
+This is the time when Communism, infidelity, and Romish Jesuitism will
+combine against God and liberty, and, thank heaven, this is the time
+appointed when they all will be destroyed.  Then the kingdoms of this
+world will be given to the saints of the Most High.  The struggle will be
+fierce, long, and terrible, but victory will be on the Lord's side.
+
+In the very midst of these awful times there will appear two famous
+persons as witnesses for Jesus: one who will specially appear to the
+Jews, the other to Israel, and both testify for God and Jesus.  These two
+witnesses will turn the tide of battle, confront Anti-Christ and his
+host, and give to the world new views of God and Providence.
+
+These two old men, or witnesses, will be endowed with miraculous power to
+bring fire down from heaven, or turn the water streams into blood, and
+smite the earth with all manner of plagues, as often as they will.  Their
+presence and power will cast a gloom o'er the nations of the earth, and
+Anti-Christ and his allies.  They will finally be slain in the streets of
+Jerusalem.  At the time of their death a great feast will be held to
+commemorate the victories of Anti-Christ, and to inaugurate the setting
+up of an image of him in the temple.  So in the city there will be
+peoples, kindreds, and tongues of many nations.  And they will see the
+dead bodies of the two witnesses lying exposed and unburied in the
+streets for three days and a-half, for Anti-Christ will not suffer them
+to be buried.  On the wings of the wind, by the telegraph and by signals,
+the news of their death will spread rapidly abroad to all the nations of
+the earth.  Infidelity, and Communism, and the Jesuits will be
+emboldened.  Feasting and rejoicing will be the order of the day.  "And
+they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them and make merry,
+and shall send gifts one to another, because these two prophets tormented
+them that dwelt upon the earth."  That will be the merry wake for you--a
+wake that will suddenly end, and that too, before the corpses are buried.
+The victories will be cut short and the rejoicing checked.
+
+The spirit of life from God shall enter into the two exposed and
+corrupting bodies, and they shall stand upon their feet to defy
+Anti-Christ and his host, and laugh at the pains of death.  Great fear
+will fall upon them who saw the dead so raised.  This time the telegraphs
+will be muffled, and the news is kept back from the nations as much as
+possible; but astonishment ends not here, for over the destroying and now
+idolatrous city of Jerusalem hangs a peculiar cloud, and voices peal as
+thunder through the air, to call the attention of the multitudes.  And
+when every eye is skyward, the cloud moves and opens, as a chariot of
+fire and glory, and rising in majesty and composure up above roofs,
+temples, and pinnacles, will be seen the two witnesses of Christ; they
+enter in and are borne heavenward.  "And they ascended up to heaven in a
+cloud, and their enemies beheld them."  Then, while the multitude are
+wrapt in wonder and all amazement, the pinnacles sway to and fro, the
+houses rock, the earth trembles, the walls of the city fall, and Olivet
+cleaves in twain.  Then Anti-Christ is slain with many of his followers,
+and the remnant fear unto repentance.  "And the same hour there was a
+great earthquake, and a tenth part of the city fell, and in the
+earthquake were slain of men seven thousand, and the remnant were
+affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.  And the seventh angel
+sounded, and there were great voices in heaven, saying, the kingdoms of
+this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He
+shall reign for ever and ever."
+
+These are some of the wonders yet to come.  Then how say some that
+Anti-Christ has already been?  The witnesses have not yet appeared: they
+have not yet wrought their miracles.  The Lost Ten Tribes and the
+scattered Jews have not yet been gathered from all countries whither the
+Lord God hath scattered them, and placed in their own land, to go out no
+more, to be plucked up no more.  Jerusalem is yet being trodden under
+foot, the land is comparatively desolate, no temple yet adorns the city,
+nor priest, nor Levite, attend at the altar.  Pshaw! upon the Biblical
+interpreters of this day, who wilfully or ignorantly careen through the
+line of prophecies, despising the order established by God.  They are
+like the girl with her novel, who cannot wait to read through the book,
+and take events in their order, but she turns to the last leaf to find
+the destiny of her hero.  So men, borne by passion and choice, skip by
+several of the prophecies, and harp everlastingly on the last--the coming
+of the blessed Jesus--"He whom the heavens must receive until the times
+of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all
+His holy prophets since the world began" (Acts iii. 21).  The world is
+not yet ready for Christ; it is yet too much upside down, too much
+confused.  But God is in Christ reconciling the world unto Himself.  It
+does not now look like God; so God and Christ, Providence and the Church,
+must work on till the house is in order for His return.  "_Hon dei
+ouranon men dexasthai archri chronon apokataseos panton_," whom, indeed,
+heaven must retain until the time of restoration of all things.  If
+things are not now restored or reconciled, or in order, why, then, Christ
+cannot come.  He will not come to put them in order; this He has left for
+and with the Church to do, and has promised to be with His Church to the
+end.
+
+A few Sunday evenings ago, a brother kindly asked me where the Church
+would be while Anti-Christ was reigning.  I simply said anywhere and
+everywhere, wherever it happened to be.  He thought the Church would be
+taken away by Christ; he referred me to several passages.  I said, Come
+next Sunday evening, as those passages will be partly considered in my
+next sermon.  He replied that he might be taken up by that time.  All
+right, I said, then we will excuse you.  Now, in the name of common
+sense, why have men, and why do men, down through the centuries, and now,
+entertain such views?  Because every Bible reader must see that there are
+many prophecies that must be fulfilled before Christ can come--one of
+which is the appearance of the two witnesses of the text.  They will be
+specially sent and commissioned to testify for Christ, as against
+Anti-Christ.
+
+Let us now ascertain who these two witnesses are, or are to be.  I find
+on examining the subject all manner of views set forth.  And, as is often
+the case in studying a subject of this kind, I find few that agree--so
+much so, that at last I found relief in turning from what men said and
+thought to what God in His Holy Word had written and said.
+
+First.  They are two men.  Second.  They are sent to Jerusalem which,
+because of the wickedness of the city at the time of their visit, will be
+called Sodom and Egypt; but, lest we should mistake the place from these
+names, John adds: "Where also our Lord was crucified."  So Isaiah i. 10
+says: "Hear the word of the Lord, ye rulers of Sodom; give ear unto the
+law of our God, ye people of Gomorrah."  This fixes safely the place.
+Besides, the place is pointed out from the fact that they oppose
+Anti-Christ, who at that time we know will be at Jerusalem.  Third.  They
+are sent.  You ask where they are sent from?  The answer is, From heaven,
+from standing before the God of the whole earth.  Fourth.  Who sends
+them?  We answer, Jesus--because the Book of the Revelation is "the
+Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto John."  Fifth.  What were
+they sent for?  In the first place they were to be special witnesses for
+Jesus, for He calls them His two witnesses.  In the second place, they
+were to prophesy, to be prophets in the fullest sense, to forecast the
+future, to interpret past and present; to work miracles; to assume
+control in directing State affairs.  Sixth.  It is worth your careful
+notice to note that they are not constituted witnesses by being sent;
+they are sent because they are witnesses.  They are not then to be
+endowed with miraculous power; "these have power" in the present tense.
+These facts, if nicely considered, will at once suggest the persons.
+
+Whoever they are, they must have gone from earth to heaven with their
+bodies, two persons who have escaped death, for their death takes place
+in Jerusalem.  They must have been prophets before they left earth for
+heaven the first time.  And in the third place, they must at some time
+and place have been special witnesses for Christ.  In fact, they are two
+anointed ones, or, in other words, they are two persons who have been set
+apart and prepared for the very visit spoken of in the text.
+
+Daniel, when speaking of them, and the visit spoken of in the text, calls
+one "the Ancient of Days;" the other one was "like the Son of Man."  He
+represents these two persons as sitting in judgment on Anti-Christ, and
+the seven horns, or kingdoms.  "And the ten horns that were in his head
+and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that
+horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look
+was more stout than his fellows (this is Anti-Christ).  I beheld, and the
+same horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them, until the
+Ancient of Days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most
+High, and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom" (Dan. vii.
+20).
+
+Many interpret "the Ancient of Days" and the "one like the Son of Man" to
+be Christ.  They stagger not at the fact that there are two persons, and
+that they are introduced one to another, and that the Ancient of Days
+seems to be the greatest.  It is nothing to such interpreters that there
+are two persons; these they make one.  The one looking like the Son of
+Man they make out to be the Son of God, although Daniel says he only
+looked like Him.  The judgment spoken of by Daniel they make out to be
+the general judgment, when, in fact, Daniel tells on what and where they
+sat in judgment--namely, at Jerusalem.  About Anti-Christ--and that
+Anti-Christ is soon destroyed after this--and "as concerning the rest of
+the beasts (that is, the seven horns), they had their dominion taken
+away; yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time."  The
+vision and scene of the whole chapter belongs to this world, and the
+kingdom of the saints here spoken of is as much material and political as
+the other.  The difference is, the rulers and people are Christians, they
+are called saints.
+
+Every throne should be double-kinged; that is God's purpose, that is
+Heaven's plan.  Christ wants no earthly throne excepting that way.  As
+the Creator is Lord of lords and King of kings, so Christ after His
+resurrection assumed His Father's place, and stands to us as God to the
+Jews of old.  All power was given to Him in heaven and in earth,
+therefore, He, Christ, has long since begun His reign, and He must
+continue to reign until He hath put all enemies under His feet.  When
+David was king over Israel and Judah, so was God.  We repeat, every
+throne should be double-kinged.
+
+To this end will come these two witnesses.  Who will they be?  We answer,
+Moses and Elijah: these are the two brave old men now living and waiting
+to fulfil their mission.  For hundreds of years they have been anointed.
+Moses is "the Ancient of Days;" the "one like the Son of Man" is Elijah
+the Tishbite.  This interpretation chimes in with the Divine Word,
+without twisting and distorting to make both ends meet.
+
+We said these two were to be human: so they are.  They being sent from
+heaven, we said they must have passed by death with their bodies; so they
+did.  They were to be prophets; so they are, two of the grandest prophets
+of all.  They were to have power over fire and water; so they had when
+they lived on earth.  The bloody stream of the Nile gives witness for
+Moses.  The parched land and time of drought speaks of Elijah in Ahab's
+time.  They both called fire down on them who sought to hurt them.  They
+were to be special witnesses of Christ; so they were on the Mount of
+Transfiguration.  These two olive trees stood one on each side of the
+golden candlestick, Jesus; Peter, James, and John, testify to having seen
+Moses and Elijah.  These two old veterans know Christ well, hence they
+will be sent to testify for Him against Anti-Christ.  Moses is a Jew.  He
+will appeal unto the Jews, who will be found in the new temple,
+performing according to the old Mosaic law.  He will change and lead his
+people from Anti-Christ to Christ.  Elijah is an Israelite.  He will
+specially bear testimony to the Israelite, his long-lost, but then
+restored, brethren.
+
+More next Sunday evening on these two Christian heroes.
+
+
+
+
+MOSES AND ELIJAH.
+DISCOURSE XII.
+
+
+MORE ABOUT THE TWO WITNESSES--MORMONISM--GOD RULING AMONG THE
+NATIONS--CAREER OF THE TWO WITNESSES--ANTI-CHRIST--THE THRONE AND HOUSE
+OF DAVID.
+
+    "And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in
+    heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of
+    our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and
+    ever."--Rev. ii. 15.
+
+Last Sabbath evening we called your attention to two special witnesses
+who are at a given time to appear at Jerusalem for a specific purpose.
+At the time of their appearance Anti-Christ will be reigning with great
+power and pomp.  He will have succeeded in persuading the Jews and many
+others that he is the promised Jewish Messiah; this claim he will be able
+to sustain and confirm in the eyes of the multitude, from the very fact
+that he will, to all appearance, work miracles.  Nor need we query that
+such a thing can take place.  Look at some of the facts of our own day,
+and see how pliable human nature is.  There are millions of people who
+sincerely believe that Leo XIII. is God's vicegerent, and that he is
+infallible.  Take into account the Mormonism of this day, and see how
+terrible a thing in the name of Christianity can be established and
+maintained.  Aye, in the nineteenth century, and in the United States of
+America.  Or look in upon the Spiritualists and consider their claims and
+pretensions.  Thousands upon thousands of them are persuaded that they
+are _en rapport_ with heaven and in communication with spirits and
+spirit-land.  Then you will not be surprised at the pretensions, claims,
+and success of Anti-Christ.  In our calm and unprejudiced consideration
+of these organisations, we are bound to admit that they have done more,
+and owe more for their success, to deception and error, than to truth and
+openness.  Each in its turn has been caught in the act of deceiving, and
+has been frequently exposed, but of what avail?  Truly but little.  We do
+not mean that in these systems there is no good, for surely there is, but
+that the errors and deceptions are of so glaring a kind, that we wonder
+that anybody of common sense can be so easily led astray.
+
+With these facts before us, can we wonder any longer that Anti-Christ
+shall be so successful?  The very occasion and peculiar times and
+incidents of the reign of Anti-Christ will call for some special
+manifestations on the part of the Divine One that shall soberly and
+clearly confront the hollow and hypocritical pretensions of that age.
+Hence the appearance of the two witnesses--Moses the Ancient of Days, and
+Elijah the Tishbite, who will look like the Son of God.
+
+Allow us to submit further evidence in proof that the two witnesses of
+John in Rev. xi. are none other than Moses and Elijah: for many passages
+of Holy Writ are sealed to the understanding till we comprehend who the
+two witnesses are, their mission and work.  We will notice the
+attributive features of these witnesses as they are related by John in
+this chapter--that is, Rev. xi.
+
+In the first place, there are two persons or individualities; this
+appears plainly from the tenor of the whole record.  They are spoken of
+as "they, them, their mouth, their feet, as dying and being resurrected."
+But, strange to say, after all this plainness of speech, men have become
+so accustomed to spiritualise and generalise that Anti-Christ stood for
+Rome, and naturally enough, having generalised Anti-Christ, they must do
+the same with the two witnesses; hence they found them in the Churches of
+the Waldenses and Albigenses.  In such an interpretation nearly all the
+attributive features of these witnesses are ignored.  Such as that they
+had power to work miracles, to lie unburied in the streets of Jerusalem
+for three days and a half.  Some have laboured to prove that the Old and
+New Testaments were these witnesses, others that they were symbolised by
+the law and Gospel.  Again, some that the two sacraments, baptism and the
+Lord's supper, were these two witnesses, and so on almost without end.
+These instances will suffice for our present purpose; for surely any of
+you reading God's own Word need not so blunder.
+
+In the second place, Jesus calls them His two witnesses.  Now, in what
+sense were they His? for such they are now.  Not that they will be His
+when they appear, but they will appear to oppose Anti-Christ at Jerusalem
+because they are sent.  The prophets are all witnesses; for, as Peter
+says, "To Him give all the prophets witness."  The apostles were
+witnesses, and all believers are witnesses for Jesus; yet these two are
+so in a special and pre-eminent sense.  Let any one read the account of
+the transfiguration of Jesus and the circumstances attendant thereon, and
+all will be plain.  Moses and Elias (another spelling for Elijah) we find
+were present, as well as Peter, James, and John.  When Christ was
+transfigured, "Behold there appeared unto them Moses and Elias" (Matt,
+xvii. 3).  These two persons talked with Jesus, "and spake of His decease
+which He should accomplish at Jerusalem."  Thus, then, they were special
+witnesses for Christ, and so they will come again and witness for Him in
+the time appointed.
+
+The number of days we must take in a literal sense; here the 1,260 days
+and 3.5 days are the days appointed for their work and death.  It is well
+to remember that many of the prophetic numbers contain a double prophecy.
+Thus 1,260 here may be coincident with the treading down of Jerusalem by
+Mahommedanism.  But whether it is or not, does not vitiate the literal
+quantity when applied to these two witnesses.  In the third place, they
+are called two olive trees and two candlesticks standing before the God
+of the whole earth.  The figurative meaning will be found by finding some
+passage where two trees are mentioned in the interpretation given--such a
+passage by Zechariah iv.  Here the prophet saw two olive trees and asked
+of the angel the meaning; and the angel said, "Knowest thou not what
+these be?"  And I said, "No, my Lord."  Then said he, "_These are two
+anointed ones_ that stand by the Lord of the whole earth."  The simple
+meaning is, that the two olive trees mean two persons, who are in heaven
+at present, but are anointed--that is, set apart, selected for some
+distinct work for God.
+
+Moses and Elijah evidently were anointed and specially selected, for it
+is probable they both escaped death.  The wonder connected with the
+disappearance of Moses and the translation of Elijah now finds some
+measure of explanation.  None doubt the translation of Elijah.  John the
+Baptist was not Elias, except he was to go before Christ in the spirit
+and power of Elias; in this sense John stood for Elias.  John the Baptist
+prepared the way of Christ the first time, so will Elias for Christ's
+second coming.  The record of Moses's departure from this world is as
+mysterious as it is dramatic.  But, certainly, neither the mysterious nor
+the dramatic have any meaning excepting we allow something Divinely
+special.  To die as other people, would mean nothing on the line of
+specialities; but he did not so die.  He went from the people alive; no
+one saw him die or dead.  He went up into Mount Horeb and never returned.
+So, so far as the people were concerned, he was to them a dead man, for
+he went from them no more to return.  The word death in Hebrew has not
+less than six meanings, one of which is simply to disappear.  This is the
+meaning that we must attach to the death of Moses.  Neither his grave nor
+body have ever been found.
+
+There is a peculiar passage in the book of Jude where "Michael the
+archangel, when contending with the devil, he disputed about the body of
+Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The
+Lord rebuke thee."  Now, Satan then had power over death in some way
+Divinely permitted.  Paul says (Heb. ii. 14), speaking of Christ,
+"Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also
+Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might
+destroy him _that had the power of death_--that is, the devil."  When God
+was translating Moses, passing him by death, Satan fought with Michael,
+who was God's messenger, to inflict the sting of death on Moses, and
+although Michael carried Moses on by death into the presence of God,
+Satan durst not bring a railing accusation against him.
+
+Jude, in his epistle, probably quoted from one of the now lost books of
+Revelation, which was entitled, "The Ascension or Assumption of Moses the
+servant of God."  The Church father, Origen, makes mention of this work,
+but, like the book and prophecies of Enoch, from which Jude makes a
+quotation, it has been lost, they having served their purpose.  The
+fairest and most generous interpretation, then, is, that Moses did not
+die the ordinary death, but disappeared, was, in fact, translated,
+anointed, and set apart for a special work in connection with his own
+people, the Jews, in the days of the coming Anti-Christ.  Thus, without
+any trouble, he could appear with Elijah on the Mount of Transfiguration.
+And it is worthy of note that before he disappeared in Horeb--the sacred
+writer is mindful to tell us "Moses was an hundred and twenty years old
+when he died--_his eye was not dim nor his natural force abated_" (Deut.
+xxiv. 7).  But, supposing Moses died naturally, there is nothing
+unreasonable or irregular in concluding that God resurrected him as a
+mortal for future use.  True, he will die again as a witness; so there
+are in heaven now eight persons who have died twice in this
+world--namely:
+
+The child raised by Elijah (1 Kings xvii. 21).
+The child of Elisha (2 Kings iv. 35).
+The Moabite soldier who came to life on touching the bones of Elisha (2
+Kings xiii. 21).
+The daughter of Jairus (Luke viii. 55).
+The widow's son at Nain (Luke vii. 15).
+Lazarus of Bethany (John xi. 44).
+Dorcas or Tabitha by Peter (Acts ix. 40).
+Eutychus by Paul (Acts xx. 10).
+
+Anti-Christ will be a great electrician; electricity by that time will be
+a fearful power in the hands of science.  Edison with his genius and
+marvellous discoveries, and others of like gifts, will have perfected the
+use of this agent in a wonderful degree.  Anti-Christ will make use of
+this power to cower his enemies and bring them in fear-subjection.  He
+will bring fire down from heaven.  The two witnesses, however, will be
+clothed with Divine power; they will be able to bring fire by a simple
+command--this they both understood and used when on earth.
+
+Moses called fire down upon the 250 rebellious Korahthites, as we read in
+Numbers xvi.  Ahab, the King of Israel, thought to punish and compel the
+obedience of Elijah; but God gave fire from heaven in answer to the
+prophet's prayer.  So when Ahaziah sent a captain and fifty men to bring
+Elijah into the king's presence, they found him sitting on the top of a
+hill and commanded him to come down.  "And Elijah answered and said to
+the captain of fifty, If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from
+heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty.  And there came down fire from
+heaven, and consumed him and his fifty" (2 Kings i. 10).  Thus will these
+two anointed ones be able to contend with Anti-Christ and all the powers
+of scientific infidels.  "If any man hurt these two witnesses, by the
+very means used so shall they be killed."
+
+"These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their
+prophecy, and have power over waters to turn them to blood."  To whom
+would these gifts and attributes apply better than to Elijah, who in the
+days of the wicked King Ahab sealed the heavens against rain for three
+years and a half? and to Moses, who, when contending with Pharaoh, turned
+the sweet flowing Nile into a stream of blood?  What two prophets had
+such a wide range of prophetic energy and liberty as Moses and Elijah?
+None.  Well may the Revelator say, then, of them, that they can smite the
+earth with all manner of plagues as often as they will.
+
+By awful and sublime manifestations the world shall see that God rules in
+the heaven and on the earth.  They shall learn that Anti-Christ is a
+false Christ.  Then shall fear and repentance fall upon the people.  The
+Jews shall be convinced, and converted, and persuaded by the appearance
+of their beloved Moses.  They shall know of a truth that the Messiah has
+been, and is waiting to come again.  Referring to that time the prophet
+Zechariah calls it a time of trembling, the time of a terrible siege.
+But he tells us that "The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first,
+that the glory of the House of David, and the glory of the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem, do not magnify themselves against Judah."  Thus we learn that
+the Jews, who have been so long despised and bereft of a king, country,
+and government, shall see through the great mystery of Providence first.
+The House of David is found in the royal family of England.  The Jews,
+seeing this, will invite, in concert with all the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem, the English Government to take charge of their affairs.
+
+"Then shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered
+together and appoint themselves one _head_" (Hosea i. 2).  The Jews will
+then be Christians.  "For they shall look upon Him whom they have
+pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one mourneth for his only son."
+
+At this time the whole world will be amazed and confounded at the
+destruction of Anti-Christ and his host.  The Jews, the House of David,
+and the Lost Tribes, Israel, the Saxons, will hold a council in
+Jerusalem.  David's house, which God selected, and throne, both of which
+the Almighty promised perpetuity to, shall be found and recognised in the
+English throne and royal family.  The Saxon race shall distinctively
+appear as long-lost Israel.  So that the Jews, and David's House, and
+Israel, will unite and acknowledge Christ as Lord and Master.  They will
+make known to America, who stands for Manasseh, and all the colonies, the
+decision of the said council; all parties will see, and accept, and
+federate for the world's conquest and peace.
+
+This federation of the ancient people, the literal seed of Abraham, will
+cause jealousies and alliances on the part or rest of the world,
+excepting some portions of France, Austria, and Prussia.  The beast,
+dragon, and Anti-Christ's force, that will survive the shock of the two
+witnesses, will all unite for an onslaught upon England, but especially
+Palestine.  Russia, though nominally Christian, will join the beast or
+Romish Church.  The dragon means the Pagan portion of the world.  Thus
+will be inaugurated the battle of Armageddon, the issues of which we are
+permitted to know through Revelation.  Then will the kingdoms of this
+world become the kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ.
+
+With many, and to many, these things are but as dreams; they are
+chimerical.  But one thing is certain: the history of the Church and
+Providence in the future are appallingly grand.  Providence was grand in
+leading forth His people of old from Egypt.  But He will be no less grand
+when He shall set His hand a second time to recover His people as He has
+promised to do.
+
+"Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a
+righteous branch, and a king shall reign and prosper, and shall execute
+judgment and justice in the earth.  In His days Judah shall be saved, and
+Israel shall dwell safely, and this is His name whereby He shall be
+called, The Lord our Righteousness."  (That is, the ruler of God's
+choice--a king, then, in fact, by Divine right.)  "Therefore, behold, the
+days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth,
+which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but,
+The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of
+Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I had
+driven them, and they shall dwell in their own land" (Jer. xxiii. 68).
+
+God has now one of the seed of David on the throne, and He has a Jew
+doing her bidding, executing her decrees over and for Israel.  For though
+Israel were to be numerous and powerful, yet to David's seed belongs the
+throne.
+
+The recent Congress was but a forerunner of the one yet to come.  The
+crownless king, Disraeli, who forced the Congress, is, perhaps, an
+unconscious instrument in the hands of Providence.  But whether he be or
+not, he is hastening on the day with lightning speed.  Forth from the
+recent Congress he goes, having once again linked the destinies of
+England to the Continent, which has been so strangely severed, till
+Russia, Italy, Austria, France, and Spain might each test the other, and
+each find their appointed place.  Now, again, England pledges herself a
+Continental Power--nay, more--an Asiatic Power.  She will come forth from
+the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the owner of Palestine.
+
+
+
+
+BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON.
+DISCOURSE XIII.
+
+
+THE COMBATANTS ON BOTH SIDES--WHO "THE KINGS OF THE EAST" ARE--THE GREAT
+NAPOLEONIC IDEA--DISRAELI, LINCOLN AND GRANT--ENGLAND'S POLICY IN
+TURKEY--FUTURE WARS AND INTRIGUES--THE GREAT BATTLE-FIELD--GATHERING OF
+THE NATIONS--EARTHQUAKES--JERUSALEM A SEAPORT.
+
+    "And He gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew
+    tongue Armageddon."--Rev. xvi. 16.
+
+Christian students and prophetic writers are generally agreed on three
+things touching this great event.  First, that there is to be such a
+decisive battle fought.  Second, that it will take place in some part of
+Palestine.  Third, that this great struggle will be final, the end of
+war, the beginning of the Millennium morn.
+
+In the Scriptures the contestants are pointed out, as they rally under
+the standards of the _dragon_, the beast, and _Anti-Christ_ on one side,
+and on the other, under the standard of David, will be the _called_, the
+_chosen_, and the _faithful_; or, in other words, the Ten Lost Tribes as
+found chiefly in the Saxon race, with all who sincerely believe on the
+Lord Jesus Christ.
+
+In another sermon we pointed out to you the plain fact of the existence
+of David's throne and David's seed as found and seen specially in the
+throne of England.  We there see how faithfully God has kept His promise
+to David and His people.  For God frequently told David that his throne
+should be established unto all generations, and of David's seed there
+should never be wanting a man to sit thereon.  It is the permanence, the
+grandeur, and progressive character of this throne and people that make
+it a fitting type of Christ and His Church.  Nay, more, it is on this
+throne that Christ now sits, so far as this world goes; and it is through
+this people that He reigns, and He will and must reign until He has
+conquered a universal peace.  It is a delusion too long entertained by
+the Church to think that David's throne and seed have not now, nor for
+centuries had, an existence.  It is a delusion that we should not
+entertain for a moment to think that the Ten Tribes of Israel are lost
+for ever, or that their work or mission is fulfilled.  As surely as the
+Two Tribes, Judah and Levi, now exist, fulfilling and filling in the
+outlines of prophetic history, so surely are Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun,
+Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh in
+existence, answering the purpose of an all-seeing Providence.
+
+Who are the kings of the East spoken of in the Scriptures?  We answer,
+They are the royal ones of the House of David.  The word king, both in
+Hebrew and Greek, means such.  This seed God chose, and made them royal
+by that very selection.  They have been away from their own land,
+Palestine, wandering and dwelling in the West.  But God in Providence is
+preparing a way for their return.  In connection with the pouring out of
+the sixth vial upon the great river of the Euphrates, or upon Turkey, as
+most writers agree, the waters are to dry up--that is, Turkey is to
+decay, to be absorbed.  And why?  "That the way of the kings of the East
+might be prepared" (Rev. xvi. 12).
+
+These kings have been away from the East, and their return is assured,
+and the preparation for such return is to be seen at this time and in
+connection with the decay of Turkey.  If Turkey, as symbolised by the
+river Euphrates, is drying up, then these kings must be advancing
+Eastward; and so they are.
+
+The crownless king, Disraeli, who, like many other men God has raised up,
+is for these times an index finger pointing out the way of Providence.
+He is a receptive agent of Divine force, to the intent that he may
+interpret a Divine purpose.  He may know, or he may not know, that he is
+so directed of heaven.  The prophets of old were seldom permitted to
+interpret or understand their own prophecies.  If they asked, like
+Daniel, the meaning, they were told to "go their way," for oftentimes the
+words were "closed up and sealed until the time of the end."  No wonder
+this man, against all England nearly, and to the amazement of all the
+world, proclaims the Queen of England the Empress of India, for the way
+of the kings of the East must be prepared.
+
+Napoleon Bonoparte's grand idea was to prepare the way of the kings of
+the East and make himself and his descendants these kings.  "Conquer
+England and the world is ours," he said.  But when his secret and
+well-prepared assault on England was revealed and frustrated by a chain
+of providential events, he hit upon another plan to get possession of
+Palestine.  Seventy years ago he invited all the leading Jews of the
+world to a secret council in Paris; he wished them to aid him in getting
+possession of Palestine.  He pretended to want their return.  He gave
+them certain privileges and laboured to procure more from the other
+nations; he did much for the Jews in enlarging their liberties and taking
+away from them the curse of society.  The one idea that is distinctly
+Napoleonic, is to possess Palestine.  The late Napoleon had his idea, and
+in his day this idea had become a part of France; so much so, that France
+thought herself to be then and now the real protector of Palestine.  It
+was for this idea that she allied with England and Turkey in the Crimean
+war.  It was to keep Russia back from possessing the holy places.  Not
+till France was weakened could England advance on her way East rapidly;
+so Germany was used to destroy her prestige and cause her to stand aside
+till England proceeds on her way homeward.
+
+It was a comely sight, some five years ago, to see two Jews closeted
+together making a secret bargain--one had power, the other had money.
+The man of power asked the man of money to lend him twenty million
+dollars; it was done.  At once the man of power purchases with this
+twenty millions part of his fatherland back again--the Suez Canal.  This
+very canal is on the boundary of the land of Palestine as given to
+Abraham centuries ago.  By this very route the old patriarch entered the
+Promised Land.  It was fitting, indeed, that this should be the first
+piece purchased back.  No one knew save those directly interested.
+England murmured and France protested, but the thing was done.  Poor
+France, bleeding and divided, could do but little; for Disraeli and
+Rothschild had done the work.  The way of the kings of the East must be
+prepared.  So on they go.  A man who executes a Divine purpose is always
+strong.  Abraham Lincoln, in the history of our country, was so chosen
+and led of God.  The politicians, and statesmen, and generals, and many
+of the people were against him at first; but the Lord was with him, so he
+marched on to victory, the country following in the wake.  And though
+dead, not forgotten, the country and the civilised world are marching on
+after him, and now they have nearly overtaken him.  Lincoln's ideas and
+the country's are nearly equal.  A man led of God is generally a good
+distance behind, and the people led by such a man are equally as far
+behind him as he is behind God.  But this nation and Abraham Lincoln are
+now one, and in those things in which they once were divided they are a
+unit, with more than the honoured Lincoln; for they are a unit with God
+and providence.  Thus follows the English nation in the wake of Disraeli,
+and the world is coming on behind, and the day will come when all will be
+a unit.  It does not shock our idea of human honesty much when we learn
+that this crownless king played a double game with Russia and Turkey.  It
+is intensely Jewish, but if it were only Jewish, then it would be very
+detestable; it is more, it is Divine in part.  "Had the princes of this
+world known, they would not have crucified the Prince of Glory."  Had the
+princes of the late Berlin Congress known the double game being played by
+one of the quietest of their number, they would not have done as they
+did.  Turkey in Asia was given over to England's protection, aye, yes,
+that included Palestine.  The island of Cyprus is given over
+entirely--surely the way of the kings of the East is being grandly
+prepared.
+
+Why did not the Congress hand over to England's protection Turkey in
+Europe?  For reasons good and sufficient.  Turkey in Europe will be the
+cause of much strife, of several wars, and of strange alliances; hence it
+would not have done for Israel-England to be mixed up with it.
+Constantinople alone, of European Turkey, England will keep.  Israel is
+to be much preserved from war, until the great battle of Armageddon comes
+on.  Against that time she will have to husband her strength and
+resources.  It is marvellous now to think that what the Congress settled
+as belonging to England, none dispute--all is peace.  But Russia's share
+and Austria's are in arms.  Servia, Greece, Roumania, and all the Turkish
+provinces rebel and are in a state of disquietude, that portends war and
+strife again in a few years.  But England will have nothing to do with
+it, excepting that Russia and Austria, with the consent of Germany,
+Italy, and France, are to set a precedent for England, which in a few
+years she will need.  It is plain that if Russia and Austria can force by
+arms the conditions of the Berlin Congress, England will be at liberty to
+do the same without any interference even from France.  The Congress
+handed over to England's keeping Turkey.  England, then, can make Turkey
+do her bidding by force of arms sustained by the very precedent already
+set.  Thus will Israel-England open up Palestine for Christian
+settlement.  The Mahommedans will murmur and resist to have the holy
+places taken from them, but no matter; England, when the time comes, will
+enforce it.  It is just here that Turkey and England will dispute, and in
+each dispute England will find a reason for drawing the lines a little
+tighter around poor Turkey.
+
+The contestants on one side at the great battle of Armageddon, you
+remember, are the dragon, the beast, and Anti-Christ.  Now what people is
+represented by the term dragon?  We answer, the Pagan nations and
+authorities, just as the Chinese have on their standards to-day a dragon,
+as we have the eagle.  The Mahommedans, Hindoos, Brahmins, Buddhists, and
+all Pagan idolaters, are summed up in the word dragon.  At present,
+England is tolerant with the subjects and adherents of these different
+worshippers and religions; but the time will come when she will no longer
+tolerate the same; thus will they arraign themselves against her in the
+battle of Armageddon.  This will come to pass as the gradual destruction
+of Mormonism in our country.  This system has been fortified by law; now
+laws are being arraigned against it.  It is now only tolerated, and in a
+short time it will be wiped out of existence.
+
+The final battle referred to in the text is to occur at a place called in
+the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, the literal meaning of which is at the
+mount of Megido.  In olden times there was a city called Megiddon; it
+stood in what is now called the great plain of Esdraelon--a plain that
+lies midway between the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean.  It was
+also called Jezreel.  The prophet Hosea speaks of this place, battle, and
+time, all by this one word.  Referring to the time when the children of
+Judah and of Israel are gathered together under one head in their own
+land, he says, "For great shall be the day of Jezreel" (Hos. i. 11).  It
+is spoken of in the Scriptures and history as the valley of Jehoshaphat,
+because here Jehoshaphat, the King of Judah, gained a great victory; for
+here the Lord fought against the enemies of Israel, as He will in the
+coming battle.  Joel iii. 12 says, referring to this coming struggle,
+"Let the heathen be waked up and come to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for
+there will I sit to judge all the heathen round about."
+
+There is one name given to this time and battle that is very significant
+and striking.  Have you ever noticed it?  If not, let me call your
+attention to it.  It is called "That great day of God Almighty," by John
+in the chapter of the text.  The day of the Lord of hosts by Isaiah.
+Ezek. xxx. 3: "Howl ye!  Woe worth the day!  For the day of the Lord is
+near: it shall be the time of the heathen."  And Joel says, "Multitudes,
+multitudes, in the valley of decision; for the day of the Lord is near in
+the valley of decision."  By the prophets Amos, Obadiah, Zephaniah,
+Zechariah, Malachi, and apostles Paul and Peter, it is called the day of
+the Lord.
+
+You ask if this battle may not have taken place.  We answer, No.  Of such
+a battle we have no record.  Again, it will be the end of the war--the
+final overthrow of Paganism, the beast, and Anti-Christ.  Malachi says,
+"Behold I will send you the prophet Elijah before the coming of that
+great and dreadful day of the Lord."  Elijah has not yet been a witness.
+At the time of this great battle nature is to take a wonderful part.  As
+when Christ was on the cross, the sun darkened, the rocks rent, the
+mountains shook, so in connection with this battle there shall be some
+strange wonders--earthquakes, thundering, lightning, hail and fire.  The
+Mount of Olives will divide; the valley of the Dead Sea will fill with
+water and join to the Mediterranean; Jerusalem will become a seaport; an
+appointed centre from which, being central to all the world, will go
+forth the ships of the Lord.  The city of Jerusalem, between this time
+and that, will be considerably enlarged, then it will divide into three
+parts.  At the time of this dividing John says, "That the cities of the
+nations are to fall"--London, Paris, Berlin, Rome, St. Petersburg, and
+many others--that all may turn to Jerusalem, the capital appointed of
+Heaven.
+
+If you wish to know more of the particulars of this day, read the
+prophets, study what John the Revelator says under the sixth vial and
+sixth seal.  With awful grandeur and with terrible majesty have the
+sacred writers set forth this day and time.
+
+That this day will come, who will deny?  Look at the world ripening for
+this day.  Here, in our own land, as well as others, the forces are
+maturing, the agents are at work.  Many of the events of the past year we
+were permitted to forecast by looking into the future through the
+prophets, and onward yet we look.  And the events coming are neither less
+in number, merit, or force, than those passed.  Keep the events of
+prophecy in their proper order lest they confuse you.  The Jews and Ten
+Lost Tribes are to be found and possess Palestine before this battle.
+Anti-Christ is to appear.  The two witnesses, Moses and Elijah, are to
+appear.  And Jesus, our beloved Master, will not come till the world is
+settled long in perpetual peace--till the house is prepared for the
+bride, then shall He come.  But with lightning speed events are crowding
+on along the ages.  The accumulative forces of centuries are pressing
+hard upon time present.  The time of the end is near--not the end of
+time, but the time appointed of God in which certain great things are to
+be accomplished.  Eighteen hundred years ago John cried out, "Loose the
+four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.  And the four
+angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a
+month, and a year" (Rev. ix. 14).
+
+The Turkish Power originated on the banks of the Euphrates.  It first was
+divided into four Sultanies--namely, Bagdad, Aleppo, Damascus and
+Cesarea.  These are typified under four angels.  Their time was to be 396
+years and a fraction--an hour, day, month, and year.  Thus, taking a day
+for a year, 365 for the year, thirty for the month, one for the day, and
+we have 396.  So from the taking of Bagdad by the Turks in 1057, which
+was the overthrow of the Saracens, until the capture of Constantinople in
+1453, which overthrew the Greek Empire, we have just 396 years.  And the
+time for the drying up of Turkey is at hand; and so it comes to pass.
+
+Dear friends, how wonderful are the dealings of our God!  Can we shut our
+eyes to His Divine revelation?  Let us be wise in the day of grace,
+taking heed to the sure Word of prophecy, as unto a light that shineth in
+a dark place.  The world indeed is dark, and all confusion.  But His Word
+shows unto us order in all this confusion, blessed be His name.  More
+next Sunday evening.
+
+
+
+
+ARMAGEDDON AND THE PYRAMID.
+DISCOURSE XIV.
+
+
+THE FORCES IN THE BATTLE--TIME OF ITS OCCURRENCE--MISTAKES OF
+ADVENTISTS--A CHURCH "STRIKE" WANTED--THE HARD TIMES AFTER 1882--HISTORY
+OF THE WORLD TILL 1935--HINE'S THEORY.
+
+    "These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome
+    them; for He is Lord of lords and King of kings; and they that are
+    with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful."--Rev. xviii. 14.
+
+Last Sunday evening we considered the subject of the great battle of
+Armageddon.  This evening we will take up the same subject for further
+consideration.  This battle, we learn, is to be very terrible, such a one
+as the world has not had.  Fearful as some of the wars of the past have
+been, this will overshadow them all in skill, fierceness, number,
+slaughter, devastation, and wide-spread ruin.  It will, in some respects,
+be like one of the wars of olden times.  For in this struggle God is
+again to take a direct part, as He did for His people Israel and Judah in
+times of old.  Again shall the forces of nature do battle for God and His
+people; again they shall be full of instinctive revenge.  Hear us, and
+believe us, Denis Kearney, Providence will then "pool the issues" of the
+_called_, the _chosen_, and the _faithful_.  The called are the Jews, the
+chosen are Israelites, and the faithful embrace all of every nation who
+believe in Christ.  Then many will wade in pools of blood and perish.
+The birds of prey are to hold high carnival on the dead bodies of the
+slain.  The spirit of Satan, that now worketh in the children of
+disobedience, will pool the issues of hell and death in the hosts of the
+_dragon_, _beast_, and _false prophet_.  For though these three powers
+are diverse in their aims, professions, and intents, yet we learn from
+many passages of the Divine Book that they will join hands and agree upon
+a common policy, federating together that they may contend with the
+called, the chosen, and the faithful.  "And I saw three unclean spirits
+like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of
+the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.  For they are the
+spirits of devils working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the
+earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great
+day of God Almighty" (Rev. xvi. 13, 14).  Here indeed will be a pooling
+of the issues, a pooling that will divide the whole world into two forces
+or parties.
+
+Now the canvass has begun, preparations are going on, party lines are
+being drawn, powers are concentrating, and men are rallying under their
+respective standards, getting the world ripe and ready for the coming
+generations, into whose hands the destinies of that day will be cast.
+Few of us now living can personally take part in that final battle,
+excepting as we do so by impressing the unborn millions with our ideas.
+Like as David prepared the material for the building of the temple, and
+his son Solomon carried forward the same, so the work of this generation
+is simply preparatory, and that of the coming will be executive.
+
+Several wars will take place before that of Armageddon, which in their
+nature will be fierce and terrible.  Still these will all be
+preparatory--leading on to the day of decision and the battle final.  On
+this point many err, and their error has a pernicious influence on the
+Church and the world.  They interpret the preparatory signs as if they
+were final; hence the end with such is too near.  A sincere anxiety takes
+possession of their soul, which utterly unfits them to judge aright the
+signs of the times and tokens of Providence.  Thus were a portion of the
+Advent Church thrown into confusion the 8th of last July because they had
+fixed upon the seventh as the time for the ending of the world.  And
+human folly and haste will repeat itself again on the 10th of April next,
+because another portion of the Advent brethren have fixed upon the 9th of
+April as the time of the end.  It is a wonder the first did not take the
+4th of July instead of the seventh, for then a stranger might think the
+end was nigh in some of our cities; or why didn't the other party select
+the 1st of April, for no doubt it would have proved a more propitious
+day?  But thus it is, and will be again before the appointed time of
+Heaven comes.  Man is a creature of haste and sudden impulse, especially
+so in his religious experience.  Kings and nations, Churches and sects,
+have laboured hard in times past to force the issues of Providence and
+give speed and certainty to times and events.
+
+The prophecies affecting our days are clear; so much so, that he who runs
+may read, if need be.  But an impatient activity urges men on, bedazzling
+their eyes, which at once unnerves and unfits them for reading or
+judging.  "In your patience possess ye your souls," said the blessed
+Master to His disciples of old, and not less through them unto us.
+
+"Order is Heaven's first law," it has been said; and surely order
+pervades the prophecies.  But the pulpits in general over-ride this
+order, and are not slow to malign such men as Edward Hine, of London,
+England, when the fact is, that his theory of the prophecies and mode of
+interpretation are vastly more natural, responsive, and reasonable than
+the ill-adjusted, unnatural, and non-responsive system of current
+theology.  A person is under obligation to use that key for the unlocking
+of prophecy which fits the best, and that responds to providential events
+the most natural, without regard to the antiquated systems and mode of
+Church, sect, or college theology.  Hine's theory, as it is called
+sometimes, is as much superior to the old system of interpretation, as
+the railway Pullman car is to the ricketty old stage coach.
+
+The Anglo-Saxon Israel theory neither destroys or introduces any new
+principle, but discovers and applies that which had been long hidden.
+The introduction of steam and electricity did not destroy or produce any
+new principle, but simply discovered and applied, in an improved form,
+that which had been in the world from Adam down till now.
+
+As men in science, mechanics, and practical life, throw overboard men and
+things of the past, so should we in theology, Church life, and
+experience, when we can do better.  Reverence for persons, and respect
+for ideas, should not enslave us.  Let us move on, doing better and
+better.  We do not care to believe all the theology of a Martin Luther.
+When we can make an advance on men, or theories, we should do so.  Bacon
+and Newton are now in part rejected, without intending, or in fact doing
+them any dishonour or disrespect.  So are Calvin and Wesley, on the same
+principle, by every good theologian.  If a theory be advanced that opens
+up the Scriptures, and especially the prophecies, better than those
+before existing, let the pulpit accept it, throwing aside its mawkishness
+and age-intrenched stupidity.  I have no hesitation to say, after over
+twenty-five years of experience with preachers and pulpit, that the
+majority of preachers are lazy and indifferent in study.  For this reason
+many of them are deterred from examining any new theory.  Many have said
+to me, and written to me, that if they accepted the Lost Tribe theory it
+would destroy nearly all their old sermons, and necessitate the making of
+new ones--a work they were not willing to undertake.  It will, therefore,
+be a long time before the pulpit is reformed.  In these days there are
+many strikes.  While in Canada, on my vacation, I agreed to lecture for a
+Church choir on the prophet Jeremiah's visit to Ireland.  But some
+preachers banded together and stopped it; and, in consequence of it, the
+choir struck and refused to sing the following Sunday.  Passing by this
+strike, I really wish the laymen would strike and call the pulpit to an
+account and rouse it from its lethargy, and demand that it should
+untrammel itself and be free and equal to the age and demand.  I have met
+with miserly persons who didn't believe in beautiful churches, or the
+missionary cause, or any cause indeed that wanted money.  They would
+argue for plainness, and so on.  The secret of their peculiar ideas on
+these matters was to be found in their stinginess and their love of
+money.  They advocated such theories because it saved them from
+contributing.  Like a man I met with on my vacation tour who said that he
+saved forty dollars a year by pretending to be angry with the minister or
+some of the deacons when they came round collecting money.  Some
+ministers, no doubt the majority of them, talk about holding on to the
+old landmarks and being orthodox for the very reason that to make a move
+implies labour, which they are not willing to give, hence they prate
+about orthodoxy and landmarks as a pretext to cover over their
+indifference.  He is the most orthodox who searches after the truth and
+keeps up with the age.  "Prove all things, hold fast that which is good,"
+says Paul.  These pretended followers of Paul say: "Prove nothing, hold
+fast what you have got."
+
+It is as plain as A, B, C, that the Bible teaches the return of the Jews
+and Ten Lost Tribes of Israel to the land of Palestine.  Also, that after
+they are settled in this land Anti-Christ appears.  The dragon and beast
+are already in existence, but Anti-Christ is not; the spirit of
+Anti-Christ is.  When Israel and Judah are settled and prosperous in the
+old fatherland, then is to come on the battle of Armageddon.  Thank
+Heaven! that though the struggle will be awful, it will be final, and
+victory will turn on the Lord's side.  Then will be set up a kingdom that
+shall endure in abiding peace and prosperity for at least a thousand
+years.  The world will nestle in regaling plenty and great assurance.
+This kingdom is to be set up in the latter days of the four kingdoms
+spoken of by Daniel.  By this we understand that these kingdoms will have
+their day, and by succession, after a time, run out.  These
+kingdoms--namely, Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Rome--are now
+disappearing.  Rome, politically, is gone, Persia will soon be absorbed,
+also Greece.  Babylon, being continued in the Empire of Russia, has yet a
+glorious future before it for the next fifty years or so, then she will
+disappear to rise no more.  The cry will go forth, "Babylon is fallen."
+In Nebuchadnezzar's image you will remember that the stone cut out of the
+mountain began to destroy the metallic image upward, hence these kingdoms
+will disappear in reverse order to their origin.  First Rome, which has
+gone; next Greece, which is nearly gone; then Persia, and then Russia.
+The new kingdom will fill the world.  Already it foreshadows the outlines
+of possession by its immense territory of to-day.  Then a scion of the
+House of David shall be enthroned in Jerusalem.  All the other great
+capitals will have been destroyed.  It is surprisingly grand to read of
+that day, king and kingdom.  Let me read to you a few verses from
+Jeremiah, chapter xxiii.: "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I
+will raise unto David a righteous branch, and a King shall reign and
+prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth.  In His
+days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; and this is His
+name whereby He shall be called: the Lord our Righteousness.  Therefore,
+behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more say, The
+Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of
+Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of
+the House of Israel out of the North country, and from all countries
+whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land."  The
+words, "that day," are often used, and if we desire to know when that day
+is, we have data in the great fact that it is the other side of
+Armageddon, and Armageddon is the other side of the settlement of Israel
+and Judah in Palestine.
+
+I wish, just here, to correct many of you, as well as some of the public
+journals.  Of late I have frequently seen it stated in the papers that I
+predicted the end of the world in 1882.  And many persons have actually
+asked if I did really think so.  The truth of the matter is, in my
+sermons on the Great Pyramid I pointed out to you the remarkable fact
+that the Grand Gallery was 1,882 inches long.  Beginning with the birth
+of the Saviour, these inches stand for years.  This gallery suddenly
+ends, excepting that it is continued in a narrow passage, the narrowest
+in the whole building, for fifty-three inches.  Then comes the King's
+Chamber, which before you enter, you pass under a portcullis in the form
+of an olive leaf.  In this chamber all is equal, quiet, and central.
+Now, what I believe this pillar of witness in Egypt teaches (see Isa.
+xix. 19) is, that in 1882 the whole world will enter upon a time of great
+trouble, war, pestilence, and famine, and for fifty-three years these
+troubles will continue more or less.  Then about 1935 will occur the
+battle of Armageddon, which will be the finishing touch, the end of wars.
+I arrive at this, when I follow the teachings of the Pyramid, by adding
+1882 and 53, which gives me 1935.  Even then the world will not end, but
+only begin the millennium morn, which will last for a thousand years or
+more.
+
+Now corresponding to these facts are the events of Providence.  As when
+Spring is nigh we know by certain signs, so we know from the Scriptures,
+Providence, and Pyramidal teaching, where we stand and the season we are
+in.  "O ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky, but can ye not
+discern the signs of the times?" said Jesus to the proud and critical
+Pharisees and learned and doubting Sadducees.  These parties affected to
+be specially wise and discriminating in their knowledge of the times and
+seasons, and interpreting the prophets and writings of Moses.  Yet their
+conduct betrayed their ignorance, for they saw not the end of that grand
+old prophetic age, nor the fading symbolism of the temple, nor the
+departing glory and decay of their nation.  They knew not the fulness of
+the time in which they lived, though it bulged out like a mountain.  They
+did not know that _one time hath ended_, another _time begun_, for they
+still dated their documents 4032 of the world, when it was the year of
+our Lord and their Lord 32.
+
+The antediluvians stand condemned because they were willingly ignorant of
+the Providential tokens and signs of the times.  They set at naught the
+teachings and warnings of Noah, and in exulting pride they rejected the
+idea of a special Providence.  Their faith, like many in this day, was
+planted and nourished by the laws of nature, and the analogous
+continuance of the same, not accepting the doctrine of a Divine
+Providence.  They cried aloud, "Where is the promise of His coming?  For
+since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the
+beginning of the creation."
+
+Do you, like the Jews of old, demand more signs, when those given you are
+not understood, or, if understood, they are undervalued?  The prophets
+have been lavish in portraying the calamities of the _last days_, or the
+times into which we are entering.  For the words _last days_ are the few
+years preceding the battle of Armageddon.  The calamities of these days
+are of four kinds: First, social disorders; second, religious feuds and
+wars; third, wonderful political disturbances; fourth, temporal or
+physical disasters.  Of the social condition of these last days, Paul
+instructs us: "This know, also, that in the last days perilous times
+shall come."  Then he groups together nineteen immoral attributes of the
+social state of these last days: "Men shall be lovers of their own
+selves, covetous, boasters, proud blasphemers, disobedient (to parents
+especially), unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce
+breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce despisers, traitors, heady,
+high-minded, lovers of pleasure more than God, formal in religion" (2
+Timothy iii.).  What, we ask, will be the state of society when the
+social condition becomes such?
+
+The religious feuds and persecutions of the last days we can but faintly
+conceive.  It was terrible when the beast, two hundred years ago, held
+sway.  The Inquisition, the rack, the stake, and all the horrors of a
+wise age will be brought to bear.  For in these days to come, the beast
+will be joined by Anti-Christ, who will burn with rage, and vent his
+displeasure on Christ's followers.  Also the barbarism and savage
+disposition of the Pagans will be let loose.  Then will the dragon tear
+and destroy.  This will, indeed, be a day or time of visitation.  The
+political disturbances will be terrible.  Nation against nation plotting
+and deceiving; internal strife and outward dangers.  These are of a kind
+to appal one in reading them.  Then come the temporal or physical evils.
+These are to be a horrible train of ills in the form of pestilence,
+famine, and earthquakes.  The plague of yellow fever is as nought to some
+of the scourges that will then go forth.  Gibbon, the historian, tells of
+a plague that swept away two-thirds of Europe and Asia.  At that time the
+dead lay unburied by thousands.  In Constantinople, for three months,
+five and even ten thousand persons died daily.  The famines in India and
+China give us some idea of those yet to come.  Of the earthquakes, such
+as have been will be repeated in increasing terror, violence, and
+destruction.  To all these shall be added fire from heaven, hail,
+whirlwinds, and floods.  These are times that will try men's souls.  Read
+the prophets for yourselves, and range yourselves on the Lord's side.
+
+
+
+
+WONDERS OF THE FUTURE.
+DISCOURSE XIV.
+
+
+PURPOSE OF THE FLOOD--THE ABRAHAMIC CURRENT--RENDING MOUNT OLIVET--FORMER
+EARTHQUAKES--BOUNDARIES OF PALESTINE--DAN AND GAD TO GUARD THE
+"GATES"--GAD THE SCOTCHMAN--THE FUTURE JERUSALEM--THE DEAD SEA AND
+MEDITERRANEAN TO BE JOINED--MISTAKE OF SPIRITUALISING EVERYTHING.
+
+    "And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which
+    is before Jerusalem on the East: and the Mount of Olives shall cleave
+    in the midst thereof toward the East and toward the West, and there
+    shall be a very great valley; and half the mountain shall remove
+    toward the North, and half of it toward the South."--Zech. xiv. 4.
+
+Some four thousand years ago the earth was washed with the regenerating
+waters of a terrible flood.  Millions were suddenly cut off, with their
+handiwork and antediluvian civilisation.  The swelling floods subsided,
+and the God-avenging waters retired to their appointed place.  The earth
+again stood forth in virgin strength, lonely, bare, and citiless, but
+with a potency and promise inviting and grand.  Across these swelling
+floods one craft had been safely borne; in it was stored the seed-stock
+of a new world of man and beast.  The destruction had been complete and
+terrible.  If we credit Dr. Gurney and others who have written on this
+subject, the population far exceeded the inhabitants of to-day.  But
+whether they did or did not, we know that many must have perished, and
+civilisation must have been hurled back to a primitive beginning.  No
+doubt the present seas and oceans cover over the ruins of that age.
+Eliphaz, the Temanite, when addressing Job, said: "Hast thou marked the
+old way, which wicked men have trodden, which were cut down out of time?
+_whose foundation was overflown with a flood_?"  Now is it not reasonable
+to suppose that in this and every other great change in nature God has a
+purpose--a design agreeable with His own exalted character?  He is too
+wise to err, and too good to be unkind.  The flood came for the same
+reason that He only gave Adam one wife.  And what was that reason?  It
+was that He might fill the world with a godly seed.  "And did not He make
+one?  Yet had He the residue of the Spirit.  And wherefore one?  That He
+might seek a godly seed" (Mal. ii. 15).  The same Spirit which made one
+Eve could have made twenty, for the residue of the Spirit was with Him.
+It was in the interest of morality and godliness that the flood came.
+
+When this design began to fail of being accomplished by the increased
+wickedness of the post-diluvians, then God called Abram, and through
+Abraham and his seed designed that this purpose should flow on and be
+fulfilled.  Through this Abrahamic channel flow all the purposes of a
+Divine Providence in this world.  Through his seed all the nations of the
+earth are to be blessed.  The children of Abraham are the appointed and
+Divinely authorised agents of God.  Through them, as primary, he has, and
+is, and will evangelise the world.  Abraham stands to the generations of
+earth as the Gulf-stream to Europe and the isles of the sea.  This
+Gulf-stream is our largest river; being the longest, broadest, and
+deepest.  Its bottom and banks are cold water.  Compressed by the straits
+of Florida, it rushes forth to warm and replenish the earth and isles of
+the sea.  So the forces of a Divine Providence compressed in Abraham go
+forth to bless mankind.  The Gulf-stream is water in water, and Abraham's
+seed are men among men.  Providence is at once clear and intelligible,
+and history is at once plain, reasonable, and harmonious, when
+interpreted in harmony with the Abrahamic covenant.  The scattering and
+returning of Israel and Judah to Palestine, and the intervening history,
+from the time of dispersion to the Return, is clear as noon-day.  Their
+location, oppression, prosperity, and victories, have long been foretold
+by prophets inspired of God.
+
+Through all the changes in nature God has a design.  He prepared the
+world for Adam and his seed, and He did so by some wonderful upheaving
+and overturning; this scientists will admit.  This world, in its present
+shape and condition, indicates fierce and protracted struggles.  The
+outlines of strange and sublime revolutions are imprinted on her
+rock-ribbed bosom.  Look at her cloud-capped mountains, her snow-crowned
+peaks, her wild and rocky wastes, her barren plains and sandy deserts,
+her fruitful hills and luxuriant valleys, her mighty oceans and swelling
+seas, her inland lakes and rolling rivers; these tell us of a time long
+ago--of the time when the Mighty One went forth to work a work, to build
+a house and make a home for His creature, man.  And as it was necessary
+in the preparatory stage to tune nature to the coming man, so all along
+through the history of the centuries we find nature holding a subordinate
+relation to man.  The world is not run on one principle and man on
+another, but both are permeated by a Divine force and led on to a Divine
+end.  All things are ours, and we are Christ's, and Christ is God's; this
+is the established order of subordination.  Most certainly it cannot be
+unscientific in the Author of nature to make the same His messenger for
+good or evil.  It is not unscientific to throw a line from the shore to a
+ship in distress, even though thrown from the mouth of a cannon, nor is
+it counted unscientific to use that same cannon in war to destroy men.
+
+The earthquake spoken of in the text is, indeed, a small affair in
+comparison to some that have occurred in this world; and if the same God
+be living now as then, surely He can rend in twain the little mountain of
+Olivet.  And if we grant to the infidel scientist of to-day the fact that
+there is no God, still the thing prophesied of is neither unreasonable or
+impossible, because what has been may be again; and as the demand in this
+case is small in comparison to what has been, surely this thing may come
+to pass.  In times past Providence and the wants of the Church have been
+timely aided by convulsions in nature, and if they were only so
+accidentally, why then accidentally they may all agree again.  To the
+scientist, especially the geologist, there can be no great difficulty in
+crediting the miracles of the text when we think of the successive
+revolutions that have taken place.  Fires, and floods, and earthquakes,
+have done sublime service in the past, whether we credit the same to
+Nature or to God.  That an earthquake, or any peculiar expression of
+nature, should be timed to meet a special condition of the Church or the
+special purposes of a Providence, is not strange.  In such an event there
+really is no more wonder than that a man should set an alarm on his clock
+to go off at three minutes past four in the morning.  Some men can
+swallow big things if you will only allow them to make out the author to
+be Nature.  But whether we attribute the things past to Nature or to God,
+we know that wonderful things have happened.
+
+Seismology, the science of earthquakes, is by no means void of interest.
+The earthquake catalogue of the British Association takes notice of, and
+records the occurrence of, over 6,000 that happened between 1606 B.C. and
+1842 A.D.  Some of these have been terrible in force, destruction, and
+extent, oftentimes changing the whole face of a country, its climate, and
+river courses.  The great earthquake of 1783 in Calabria, probably caused
+the death of 100,000 people; it was felt over a great part of Europe.
+The city of Lisbon was visited on the morning of November 1st, 1755, with
+an earthquake so severe that in a few minutes 60,000 persons perished,
+and most of the city was destroyed and buried beneath the water of the
+bay some 600 feet.
+
+The country given to Abraham embraces all of what we call Syria.  It is
+central, and specially adapted for the future purposes of God through
+Abraham's seed.  Beginning with the North-west corner, the boundaries
+will be Mount Taurus, river Euphrates, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Red
+Sea, River Nile, and Mediterranean, enclosing Syria, Arabia Deserts,
+Arabia Felix and Arabia Petroea.  Thus it will be seen that the Abrahamic
+inheritance is surrounded by water, except at two points--namely, the
+North-west land boundary, which is between the Euphrates and the
+Mediterranean Sea.  The entrance is through the mountain range of Taurus,
+and forms a natural gate or mountain pass from Europe and Asia into
+Palestine.  Here, when the Tribes are resettled in the land of Palestine,
+this gate will be in the allotment of Dan.  Our Irish brethren will again
+be in the North-west, where they will have to fight and defend the land
+and the truth, as in days of old, for their brethren.  The fact is, "Dan
+shall judge his people as one of the Tribes of Israel," said old Jacob.
+The judge in olden times sat in the gate.  So will Dan sit.  Moses said
+that Dan was a lion's whelp.  Among Israel it is customary to put lions
+as guards at gateways.  The Southwest corner, between the Mediterranean
+and the Sea of Suez, forms the other land boundary.  Through this gate
+will come the teeming millions of Africa.  At this gate will be the Tribe
+of Gad--that is, a portion of the Scotch, the lowlanders.  The Tribes
+will be hemmed in one by another so that they cannot enlarge their
+territory; but Gad can, for a vast country opens up beyond the gate.  It
+is barren; still the desert is to blossom as a rose.  Of Gad it was said
+by Moses, "Blessed be He that enlargeth Gad; he dwelleth as a lion and
+teareth the arm with the crown of the head.  And he provided the first
+part for himself, because there, in a portion of the lawgiver, was he
+seated."  You remember that Sinai is in this portion.  What sight and
+foresight Jacob and Moses had!  The land as thus bounded would be 600
+miles broad from the Red Sea to the River Euphrates, and 1,390 between
+the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, and from the Mediterranean to the Arabian
+Sea, 1,600.  These boundaries you will glean by taking note of the
+several promises to Abraham and his seed, as recorded in Gen. xv. 10, and
+Exod. xxiii. 31, and Deut. xi. 24.  The land so promised and given
+specially to Abraham and his seed, the descendants of Abraham never yet
+occupied, no, not half of it, even in the palmy days of King Solomon.
+Will it ever be?  We answer, Yes, as sure as the seasons and night and
+day.  He is faithful that has promised, and will do it.
+
+This remarkable peninsula will be the theatre of the future glory of
+Israel and Judah.  As finely described by the Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, it
+will be found to be most exactly and suitably placed to enable them to
+fulfil their high destiny to all nations, and become the centre of all
+lands, the praise and beauty of the whole earth.  This land has, in fact,
+a central position for communication, commerce, and all other advantages
+of civilisation not enjoyed by any other portion of land in the whole
+world; while the peculiar geographical formation is such that it has an
+immense seaboard, and is therefore fitted for vaster commercial and naval
+operations than have ever yet been seen, commanding, as it does, the
+three most important seas and the two largest rivers of the whole world.
+
+This land, as laid out by Ezekiel, will be divided into thirteen
+longitudinal strips, sixty miles long, and twenty broad.  In the very
+centre will be a portion, some fifty miles square, which will be divided
+and apportioned to what is called the holy oblation--namely, in the very
+middle will be the temple, a mile square, or larger than ever the whole
+city of Jerusalem has yet been.  Then the city will be ten miles square.
+On one side will be a portion for the priests; on another, a portion for
+the Levites; and on the other two sides, the prince's or king's portion.
+This portion, which will be on the East and West sides, will be sixty
+miles long by ten broad, or some 600 miles square.  But it is clear he
+will need it, for he will not be supported by taxes.  He will have to
+judge the land.  He cannot take any more land.  He will have to support
+his own family.  No public grant to his children.  He will have to be
+liberal with the temple.  He will have sixty miles of sea coast to defend
+and sixty miles of land frontier to protect, and thus cover some of the
+weaker tribes.  The city will have 720 square miles as a suburb, in which
+to raise supplies specially for itself.  It will in reality be in two
+parts--one called by the prophets the profane; here will the commercial
+business be done.  The other part will be sacred.  Into it strangers will
+not enter; it will be holy--a quiet habitation.  "There the glorious Lord
+will be unto us a place of broad rivers and streams, wherein shall go no
+gaily with oars, neither shall gallant ships pass thereby."  The city
+proper will be some thirty miles North of the present city of Jerusalem.
+
+
+
+
+NINETEEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY-SEVEN.
+DISCOURSE XVI.
+
+
+"SIGNS OF THE TIMES"--THE RETURN TO JERUSALEM--FORCES OF RUSSIA AND
+ENGLAND--PRESENT LOCALITY OF ANCIENT NATIONS--ORIGIN OF AMERICAN
+REPUBLICANISM--FEDERATION OF THE NATIONS COMING--EVOLUTION AND
+DEVOLUTION.
+
+    "Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred
+    and five and thirty days."--Daniel xii. 12.
+
+So according to the prophet Daniel there is a time to come in which it
+will be blessed to live.  The prophecies of Daniel are generally of a
+material character--that is, they have special reference to this world
+politically, and to this end he had direct and special reference to
+certain kingdoms in existence at the time of writing, as well as others
+that were to come into being.  Of all the prophets he concerns himself
+the most with positive data of the rise and fall of nations.  The figures
+of the data used, we freely confess, are difficult to understand and
+interpret.  The Church and times are greatly in need of some man
+competent on this point.  All prophetic students know the diversity and
+confusion in this department of theology.  Of all the difficult
+departments of theology none exceed the numerical.  The numerical
+symbolism of the Bible is as yet but little understood.  True, indeed, we
+are improving.  Aided by Providence, we are enabled to interpret some
+dates by data--that is, certain events occurring locate us and point out
+the prophetic period we are in.  Like the captain who is unable by his
+certain and usual modes of calculating to find his whereabouts, does so
+by currents, the Gulf-stream, islands, colour of waters, &c., did we know
+the exact quantity of Daniel's two thousand and three hundred days, his
+times, time, and half a time, his seventy weeks, his thousand two hundred
+and ninety days, and the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days,
+then we could deal with the prophecies with a definitiveness to which as
+yet we are strangers.
+
+The times, however, are peculiarly interesting from the very fact that
+the Church is waking up to the importance of prophetic study.  "Coming
+events cast their shadows before," is a trite but true saying, and here
+as true as anywhere.  Men feel in their fears and hopes the pressure of
+prophecy.  The Church is remarkably anxious and unrest.  Governments are
+suspicious and confused.  The populace are restless and threatening.
+Indeed, everything conspires in Church, State, and people, to forecast
+the future.  A thunderstorm is felt before it is seen or heard.  It
+shadows the mind, thrills the nerves, and pains the rheumatic limbs.
+Many in 1858 felt war coming in our own country.  Many were at a loss to
+interpret their fears.  Some, however, interpreted the signs of the time
+and sounded an alarm.
+
+The few years to come are pregnant with angry forces.  Men are busy in
+Russia, Germany, France, England, and America, sowing the winds, and the
+harvest will surely be whirlwinds.  But, beyond all, the sky is clear.
+War ceases, commerce revives, the nations accept a settled peace, science
+and religion join hand in hand to prepare the wastes and woes of war.
+The beast is overcome, Anti-Christ is slain, and the dragon is banished
+from the earth.  Jerusalem again rises in splendour from the grave of
+desolation.  Again Canaan will become the glory of all lands, and
+Jerusalem the glory of Canaan.  Here, again, after centuries of
+wandering, shall the throne of David find rest, and on it one of David's
+seed, chosen and anointed of God, accepted of men, and served by the
+nations.  Crowned and imperial Salem shall become the home of her
+long-captive sons and daughters.  Israel and Judah shall meet together,
+and shall be one stick, one people, having one head, one throne, one
+city, one Lord, even Jesus.  "Therefore, they shall come and sing in the
+height of Zion, and shall flow together to the goodness of the Lord, for
+wheat, and for wine, and for oil, and for the young of the flock and of
+the herd; and their soul shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not
+sorrow any more at all" (Jeremiah xxxi. 12).
+
+No one can read the prophecies that find their fulfilment after the
+battle of Armageddon--or, as the prophets have it, "after those
+days"--without being ravished with delight.  Israel in her palmy days,
+and Judah in her glory!  A nation called of God, and ruled by God through
+David or Solomon; how inviting!  When Heaven was their Defence and
+Provider; when the fidelity of men to God was enough of defence, and the
+morality of a people was a rich manure giving an abundant harvest in
+field, stall, and orchard; then we see the true position of a nation, its
+grandeur and prosperity.  I am convinced that morality has a more
+intimate relation with the forces and wealth of nature than we are in the
+habit of believing.  God can give increased measure to the harvest,
+fruitfulness to the vine, plenty in the orchard, increase in the stall,
+and addition to the household.  Time upon time are these blessings
+promised by the prophets to Israel and Judah in the latter day.
+
+Take notice of a few statements of the prophets responding to those
+times--the times that will ensue after the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel and
+the Jews are again possessed of, and settled in, Palestine.  Jeremiah, in
+the 30th chapter and 31st, refers to those times: "For lo, the days come,
+saith the Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of My people,
+Israel and Judah, saith the Lord; and I will cause them to return to the
+land that I gave to their fathers, and they shall possess it"--referring
+to this time and the battle of Armageddon, in which Israel will be tested
+as we have before shown.  "Alas! for that day is great, so that none is
+like it; it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be saved
+out of it."  Now, we ask, why will it be specially a time of trouble?  We
+answer, Because of the strength of the combined forces that will be
+arrayed against Israel--that is, England.  The forces, as set forth in
+the Scriptures, are _thirteen on one side_, _led by Russia_, and _four on
+the other_, which will be _led by England_.  The _thirteen_ are: 1st,
+Gog; 2nd, Magog; 3rd, Rosh; 4th, Meshech; 5th, Tubal; 6th, Persia; 7th,
+Ethiopia; 8th, Libya; 9th, Gomer; 10th, Togarmah; 11th, the Beast; 12th,
+the Dragon; and 13th, Anti-Christ.  The _four_ are: 1st, Sheba; 2nd,
+Dedan; 3rd, Merchants of Tarshish with all their young lions; 4th, the
+Jews and Israelites settled in Palestine, that will not be led astray by
+Anti-Christ.
+
+To understand the prophets when forecasting the future, we must keep in
+mind that in speaking of a nation's destiny in the future, they would
+speak of it by the name it had at that time, if such a nation had an
+existence at that time.  But in course of time, such nations would change
+their name, and sometimes locality; in such a case they must be found.
+For instance, if one desires to know the destiny of Turkey, he will find
+it set forth by the prophets under the name of Edom and Esau.  Moab and
+Ammon are found in the Poles and Hungarians; they were the sons of Lot.
+In all parts of the world the children of Abraham have an attachment for
+each other.  Thus India was peopled at first by the descendants of
+Abraham; hence they will mix with, and accept English rule sooner than
+any other people.  "But unto the sons of the concubines which Abraham
+had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he
+yet lived, Eastward, unto the East country" (Gen. xxv. 6).  If we trace
+back the origin of a people to their head or founder, we will better
+understand their peculiarities and national idiosyncrasies.  Study
+Ishmael to understand the Arabs, Esau to understand the Turks, Ammon and
+Moab to understand the Poles and Hungarians.  Study the character and
+condition of Manasseh in Egypt, as being brought up in a palace, and
+being the lawful heir, but deprived of his birthright by a Providence
+which he could not understand, and you have at once a key to the Pilgrim
+character, and the characteristics of a real American--why he hates
+titles, kings, and aristocracies.  But he forgets not the place of his
+youth when he had the great seal made; for on the reverse of the great
+seal of the United States you will have the figure of a Pyramid crowned
+with the All-seeing eye.  No Tribe but the Tribe of Manasseh could say,
+or did say, "We are a great people."  Yet so this Tribe said to Joshua
+(see Josh. xvii.).  So we often say, "We are a great people."
+
+Rachel and Leah, the two wives of Jacob, are the real source of the
+separation of the Ten Tribes of Israel from Judah.  Each wife sought to
+have her son as a leader.  Thus between Judah and Joseph began the spirit
+of rivalry.  Ephraim took up the cause of Rachel.  David and Saul's
+bitterness lies here.  David stood for Leah, and Saul for Rachel.  The
+descendants of the North of Ireland, being from the Tribe of Dan, have
+ever been distinct from the rest of the Irish in features, enterprise,
+spirit and religion; for the others are the Canaanites of old, the
+Philistines.
+
+Who do the thirteen enemies stand for to-day?  Let me answer you briefly.
+Gog stands for the Caucasians or mountain tribes of Caucasus.  Magog
+covers the inhabitants and country North of the Caucasian mountains, and
+they are known as Tartars.  Rosh, or Roosh, means the real Russians.
+Their ruler is called by the Prophet Ezekiel _Nasi Roosh_.  We translate
+it the chief prince of Meshech.  This portion, or people of Russia, are
+the old Babylonians, hence the hate and rivalry between England and that
+nation.  Meshech means the Muscovites, who made Moscow what it is.  Tubal
+is found in the Siberians.  Meshech and Tubal are generally mentioned
+together in the Scriptures, and, strange to say, they are found together
+in history to-day.  Moscow is the capital of Meshech, for though to the
+world St. Petersburgh seems to be, yet every imperial document is signed
+and dated Moscow.  Tobolski is the capital of Tubal or Siberia.  Persia
+still retains its ancient name, and will be easily recognised.  Also the
+same with Ethiopia.  Libya takes in a portion of the African race.  Gomer
+stands for the Germans in part, for those who descended from Gomer.  From
+this word Gomer is Gomeron, Gemren, and the country Germia, hence,
+Germany and Germans.  Togarmah includes the people of Independent
+Tartary.  The Dragon includes China.  The Beast, the Jesuits and their
+followers, which will take in France, Spain, Italy, and South America;
+and at first divide even England, especially Ireland, and the United
+States.  Anti-Christ will be chiefly sustained by the Jews, who will have
+been settled in Palestine.
+
+The four opposing forces led by England: Sheba represents India, who is
+already training for this time of battle.  Dedan embraces Arabia,
+especially that part occupied by the Sultan of Muscat.  Merchants of
+Tarshish and all the young lions, means England and her colonies, in
+which is embraced the United States.  Manasseh will have to stretch out a
+helping hand to Jacob in the time of his trouble, for she cannot allow
+liberty to be enslaved, and freedom of worship and conscience to be
+trampled under foot.  The plague will come here sooner than we think, by
+a civil and internal division among ourselves, which will force us to
+take part.  The Jews that are not carried away with Anti-Christ will join
+with their brethren of Israel.  The called, the chosen, and the faithful,
+will be one party, and they will be on the Lord's side.
+
+If during the late Turkish war we could have had our despatches agreeable
+to ancient names of people and country, they would have sounded queer.
+Instead of reading of the Russians passing the Caucasus, and moving upon
+Erzeroum by way of Kars, we should have read: Rapid advance of the
+Babylonians under the chief prince of Meshech.  Successful passage of the
+Pison.  The whole land of Havilah occupied.  The men of Togarmah rally at
+Gihon.  Fierce fighting in Eden.  The invaders defeated in the mountains
+of Ararat.  For according to ancient names of people and country, such
+was the fact.  It is comforting to all God's people to know from His Word
+that there is a time of peace; that there is a golden age in the near
+future.  Dr. McKay has the Christian idea in his poem:
+
+    "There is a good time coming, boys,
+    Wait a little longer;
+    Let us aid it all we can,
+    Every woman, every man,
+    The good time coming."
+
+When will the 1,335 days of years, spoken of in the text, end?  We
+answer, About the year 1957.  And why that year?  Because these days
+evidently date there, beginning from the time the daily sacrifice is
+taken away and the city trodden under foot.  The little goat horn of
+Daniel viii. 9 stands, we have before shown you, for Turkey.  "And out of
+one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great toward
+the South, and toward the East, and toward the pleasant land."  It stands
+for Mahommedanism, which was to overturn Christianity for a given period,
+a time, times, and a half time, or in figures, 1260.  Now Mahommed was
+accepted and crowned at Mecca in the year 622.  If we add 1260 and 622,
+we have 1882--a time that is very plainly pointed out in the Pyramid.
+Daniel says, "Seventy weeks are determined upon Thy people and upon Thy
+holy city," Jerusalem.  These weeks put into prophetic years make 490,
+which, of course, brings us to the time when Jerusalem was destroyed by
+Titus.  Daniel asked how long the vision concerning the daily sacrifice
+and transgression of desolation to give the sanctuary and people to be
+trodden down?  The answer was, Unto 2,300 days, taking a day for a year.
+Jerusalem was destroyed in the year 70.  Take this from 490 and we have
+420.  Now these 420 years taken from 2,300 will bring 1880.  Then the
+sanctuary is to be cleansed--that is, Jerusalem will be in the possession
+of England.  She now is.
+
+From about 1880, or 1882, England will possess Jerusalem.  In the twelfth
+chapter of Daniel, eleventh verse, we find thirty days added to the
+1,200, making 1,290; these added thirty years denote the time England
+will have to contend for her right to Palestine.  It will finally be
+acknowledged, however, by all nations.  In 1935 the battle of Armageddon
+will end, but Palestine will not be fully settled down to a peaceful
+possession till 1957.  Then the government will be fully established and
+acknowledged all over the world.  The kings and Gentile nations will have
+gone up to Jerusalem and given in their adherence.  Then all the world
+will be federated to David's throne.  The year 1957 I arrive at by the
+same rule as the other--1,335 when added to 622, makes 1,957.  "Blessed,"
+says Daniel, "are they who see that time."
+
+The world is to undergo some marvellous changes these next few
+years--mechanically, politically, socially, and morally; the telephone,
+the phonograph, the microphone, the telemachole and coming improvements
+will transform our modes of labour and learning beyond our present
+conception.  God times inventions and improvements to the advancement of
+His kingdom.
+
+I do not regard inventions as mere accidents, but as the outcoming of a
+Divine intent through human agencies.  Watts and Wesley both did good
+service for the Church and the world.  Edison and others of kindred minds
+are scientific prophets.  "The earth is the Lord's and the fulness
+thereof."  All is made subservient to the progress of the kingdom of
+heaven.  The doctrine of the evolution of man as taught by Darwin is
+neither complimentary to man or God; but the doctrine of devolution is.
+Man is a developing creature; a creature who takes centuries to grow in.
+The devolution of God is through man by means of all the increasing
+facilities and agencies that make man stronger, wiser, and better.  The
+secret powers and forces of nature are revealed to man in the ratio of
+his ability to apply them, on the same scale as we instruct our children.
+
+In the latter days, or the period spoken of by Daniel, nature will be
+Divinely prompted with an impulse of generosity not now known, for then
+men will be wise enough, strong enough, and good enough, to use the same
+and not abuse.  The prophetic teachings glow with promises of regaling
+plenty, peace and good will in those days.  "I will multiply upon you man
+and beasts; and they shall increase and bring fruit; and I will settle
+you after your old estates, and will do better unto you than at your
+beginnings; and ye shall know that I am the Lord" (Ezek. xxxvi. 11).
+Again: "I will multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the
+field, that ye receive no more reproach of famine, among the heathen."  I
+submit and believe that all this God will do by what men are pleased to
+call natural law.  The Divine will not rudely break in upon His own
+established laws.
+
+Sin impairs the energy and growth of man, and so infringes upon Nature.
+As man frees himself from the bondage and sequences of sin, he will rise
+higher and higher in his command and authority over Nature's forces.
+Three several times the earth has been cursed, which curse is gradually
+removed as man returns unto his God in loving and obedient service.  "And
+now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to
+receive thy brother's blood from thy hand.  When thou tillest the ground,
+it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength" (Gen. iv. 11).  The
+secret of a world's wealth and peace lies here, and it were well if
+reformers and agitators understood this.  For they work best who work in
+harmony with God and His laws.
+
+                        [Picture: Pyramid picture]
+
+    "In that day there shall be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the
+    land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord; and it
+    shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the
+    land of Egypt."--Isaiah xix. 19.
+
+
+
+
+THE STONE WITNESS. {159}
+DISCOURSE XVII.
+
+
+THE GREAT PYRAMID--WHO JOB WAS--WHO BUILT THE PYRAMID--WHAT IT WAS BUILT
+FOR--AN EPITOME OF THE EARTH--THE HISTORY OF MAN CONTAINED IN IT, PAST
+AND FUTURE--SCIENCE AND THE BIBLE, ETC., ETC.
+
+The wonderful discourses of the Rev. Dr. Wild, of Brooklyn, were
+continued last Sunday evening, before a thronged congregation in Elm
+Place Church.  Under the organ gallery, behind the pulpit, was a
+representation of the Pyramid, or as the learned doctor terms it, "the
+stone Bible," its massive rectangular dark stone foundation and some of
+the most interesting of its interior passages, chambers, and mysteries.
+All eyes were fastened in scrutiny upon it, well knowing that some
+revelation of unusual Christian interest would be made by the Doctor from
+it as soon as his lecture commenced.  The preliminary exercises of
+singing by a well-trained choir and prayer were therefore impatiently
+listened to by many whose thoughts were concentrated on the wonders of
+the Pyramid and its astounding confirmation of the prophetic Scriptures.
+Dr. Wild read a lesson from Job xxxviii., remarking that the author of
+that book was also the engineering director or architectural author of
+the Pyramid and identical with Shem and Melchisedec.  The book of Job is
+the oldest book in the world by 200 or 300 years.  Shem, or Job, was
+ninety-eight years old when he entered the ark, and he lived thirty years
+after Abraham, with whom therefore he shook hands, as well as with
+Methuselah, who shook hands with Adam.  Only one man, therefore, stood
+between Adam and Shem, and only two, or not quite two, between Adam and
+Abraham.  The book of Berosus, of Babylon, is the only one that compares
+with Job in antiquity.  This was the age of tradition before Moses
+compiled the first portions of it.  In the days of Abraham, Shem was the
+patriarch, or oldest, of his family; and it was therefore to him he did
+homage, according to the patriarchal custom, under the name of
+Melchisedec, when returning from the slaughter of the kings.  Shem had
+brought with him from the days before the flood much of the knowledge and
+wisdom which had been accumulated in the earth during the 2,000 years
+previous to that event, and which was swept away when only eight persons
+were saved in the ark.  We have been told that the human race has
+gradually improved, and that our ancestors in far off ages were monkeys,
+or something of that sort, but the remains of the ruins and knowledge of
+antiquity show everything the reverse of this to be the truth.  Look at
+that Pyramid.  We could not build it to-day, with all our boasted
+science.  It will bear in every respect the closest scientific scrutiny.
+Our greatest scientists are only beginning to comprehend the depths of
+its mysteries, yet it is over 4,000 years old.  The capstone on top of it
+is a Pyramid in itself, in miniature, unlike anything of the kind or any
+other building on the earth.  The reverend gentleman then continued to
+read from Job xxxviii., and shew that the writer of it was master of
+astronomical and geographical science and the builder of the Pyramid,
+which is a miniature of the measurement of the earth and indicates the
+history of the human race.  After this preliminary dissertation he took
+for his text Isaiah xxviii. 29: "This also cometh forth from the Lord of
+hosts, which is wonderful in counsel, and excellent in working."
+
+The Bible is a growing book, being more read and better understood as the
+years pass by; and as men shall increase in knowledge and power, so the
+Bible will gain in influence and authority.  Opposition to its teaching,
+and vaunting denial of its authority, shall be made subservient to its
+interests by goading on the Church to a wiser and more noble defence and
+exposition of the same.  No theology can levy upon the well-defined facts
+of science in confirmation of the sublime teachings of inspiration.  The
+Christian student need not hold himself in timid dread for fear the
+scientist will discover aught in the realms of nature that will
+contradict the Word of God: for as sure as God is the Author of both, so
+surely shall we find an agreement between revelation and science at every
+point truly understood--increased light means increased evidence.
+Nations and men, nature and Providence, are united witnesses for God, and
+the Scriptures, and the more we know of the past, the better shall we
+understand the present and forecast the future.  Let us recognise the
+future.  Let us recognise the important difference between the Bible
+subjectively and objectively--that is, between what the Bible really is
+and what men think it is.  Let us be free enough, bold enough, and wise
+enough, to claim the Bible itself.  Let us unyoke it from tradition,
+which claims to be superior, or even equal.  Let us divorce it from
+councils, from creeds, from sects and denominations; let us lift it up
+out of the ecclesiastical rut of ages.  Let us with a commendable pride
+count ourselves worthy and able to formulate our own creeds, make our own
+prayers and confessions, accounting that the liberties of our fathers
+have been bequeathed to their children, and that the same God who gave
+them liberty and power is no less gracious to us, their offsprings.
+Traditions, councils, creeds, and degrees are worth much unto us as aids
+to a higher life, and a nobler civilisation.  The Christian fathers, the
+Luthers, Calvins, Knoxes, Wesleys, and others, were our servants, as we
+will be the servants of coming generations.  They worked grandly, they
+wrought well, they procured for us a goodly heritage; to them we are
+indebted.  Yet it was not their purpose nor the design of Providence to
+enslave us, or to stereotype the Church for the ages to come.  Increased
+light is increased evidence, enabling us the better to understand the
+Word of God.  When a publisher has stereotyped a book, he is naturally
+loath to make any change or correction; so Churches who have stereotyped
+the Bible are very unwilling to change, to receive light.  Hence, they
+are sometimes found opposing the march of a better civilisation, proving
+and sustaining all manner of institutions and tyrannies: the torturing
+and terrible Inquisition of Spain, the punishment and hanging of supposed
+witches by England and New England, the bondage and slavery of the South.
+So, to prove their creeds and systems correct, they each have a mode of
+their own, Catholic, Episcopalian, Baptist, Congregational, Methodist,
+&c.  _So also_, theologians have often been impatient to reconcile the
+Scriptures with history, even to suggest mistakes in the sacred record.
+Instance Daniel being made the THIRD RULER.  _They supposed it meant
+second_, but later researches show that Babylon had two rulers at that
+time--namely, Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar--so Daniel was made a third.
+See the remains of Borsippia, near Babylon (Dan. v. 29).  Now we know
+that both Daniel and Berosus, the old Babylonian historians, were right,
+and the Bible was right in using the word third.  God in His revelation
+has always been equal to man's need.  Tradition--Abraham saw Shem, for
+Shem lived some thirty years after Abraham's death.  Shem, and
+Melchisedek, and Job, are likely the same person.  Certainly, Shem and
+Melchisedek are the same, and by Egyptian historians called Philitis.
+This Philitis was the builder of the Great Pyramid.  Now Shem saw
+Methuselah and Methuselah Adam.  Thus, then, tradition would be
+sufficient.  As tradition failed, the written Word began.  There is
+little doubt now but that _Shem_, called also Melchisedek, was the
+builder of the Pyramid, being instructed of God, as his father Noah had
+been in building the ark, and as Moses with the tabernacle, and Solomon
+with the temple, as the prophet in the text and context shows that the
+wisdom of the man is often the gift of God.  _See Moses also_.  "And the
+Lord spake unto Moses, saying: See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the
+son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the Tribe of Judah; and I have filled him
+with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in
+knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship: to devise cunning works, to
+work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to
+set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship.
+And, behold, I have given him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the Tribe
+of Dan; and in the hearts of all that are wise-hearted I have put wisdom
+that they may make all that I have commanded thee" (Exodus xxxi. 1-6).
+
+Let us look at this building, for it is a special revelation for these
+times.  For this precise and scientific day God has provided.  Science
+and the Bible are interlocked in this building; they agree, they testify
+for the same God, yet they witness to the same Christ, the Providence and
+history of His chosen people.  This stone book could not be read till
+now; it even takes the most precise scientific men of the day to read it.
+For thousands of years there has been no one in the court of the world
+able to question and interpret this witness of the Lord in Egypt.  The
+scientists have been asking for some other revelation than the Bible, for
+the supernatural in a scientific form, for something beyond man, for
+something all could see, for something that would answer to pure science,
+for something that could be seen, handled, measured, tested, and amenable
+to mathematics; something superhuman, for something in which the human
+and the Divine blend.  Thank Heaven, all they ask is granted in this
+stone monument.  Here we have science forecast for thousands of years;
+here we have the grandest of problems in science solved, and the
+sublimest phenomena of religion and science crystalised, symbolising and
+teaching the most marvellous facts in religion, sociology, and astronomy.
+It is not a tomb, nor granary, nor temple, but a pillar and witness unto
+the Lord of hosts.  Think of a few facts.  1. Its location, the centre of
+the land surface of the whole earth.  Hence the best zero point on earth
+for meridianal and latitudinal calculations.  Central to clime--here is
+no rust, moss, nor frosts to destroy, nor earthquake--a well-chosen spot
+for such a pillar.  2. Its form and size--symbolising the earth quantity
+in its weight of five millions of tons--the freight of 1,250 of the
+largest steamers leaving New York.  Its shape, or inclination from base
+to apex, the same as from the pole to the equator.  To express this the
+builder sloped in ten feet for every nine in height.  On this building
+the sun can shine upon the whole of it twice a year without a shadow.
+This building is the most correctly orient of any structure on the earth.
+It is the highest, largest, and oldest building on earth, rising to the
+height of 486 feet and a fraction, which height if multiplied by ten nine
+times gives the distance of the earth from the sun; or pile a thousand
+million pyramids one on the other, and the last would touch the sun.  As
+it stood perfect it was the circle squared; for the height is the radius
+of a circle, whose circumference, if divided into four equal parts, each
+part would equal one of the surface sides of the base--closer in
+approximation than Walli's Indivisibles, or Newton's Fluxions, or
+Liebnitz's Calculus.  The door of entrance was some forty-nine feet from
+its base, and 300 inches East of the centre, so as at once to express the
+tilt of the earth's axis from the plane of its orbit, and by its height
+from the ground express the Precession of the Equinoxes.  What a witness
+outwardly, when complete, of polished marble, covering some thirteen and
+a half acres, within and without clean and free from idolatrous marks.
+But God foretold the place and purpose of this huge pile through the
+prophet Isaiah (xix. 19, 20): "In that day shall there be an altar to the
+Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border
+thereof to the Lord.  And it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto
+the Lord of hosts in the land of Egypt."  Here we see the _altar and
+pillar_ are _one_ and the same, and a scientific fact is expressed when
+the prophet says it shall be in the midst and on the border.  The
+position of the Pyramid is such, being at the sector point of Upper and
+Lower Egypt, thus being on the border of both, yet in the midst.  The
+sector point of the arm is where the wrist joins the hand.  The spreading
+hand represents Lower, and the arm Upper Egypt.  (See on frontispiece the
+sector plate.)
+
+May we ask what the pillar and witness--the Pyramid--has to say on the
+Jewish question, for it has not left this fact unnoticed?  At the
+junction of the first ascending passage with the Grand Gallery, on the
+left-hand side, or East, there is a horizontal passage-way leading to
+what is called the Queen's Chamber.  This chamber is on the twenty-fifth
+course of masonry.  Now, it is allowed, the Grand Gallery expresses the
+time of Christ's advent and fulness of time--enlarged liberty.  The
+ascending passage being only four feet high, men were cramped in passing
+up, but on reaching the Grand Gallery they were free, for it is
+twenty-eight feet high.
+
+The passage to the Queen's Chamber is only four feet, and is it not
+strange that it is altogether Jewish?  This low horizontal passage
+terminates in a grand Sabbatic room, which symbolises the Jewish
+Sabbath-week, feasts, and time periods.
+
+From this passage we learn that the Jews rejected Christ, and went off by
+themselves, refusing the liberty of Christ.  So as truly as the coming of
+Christ had been forecast in this Pyramid, so had His rejection by the
+Jews.
+
+The very mortar in this chamber is mixed with salt.  The chamber is
+seven-sided.  The last seventh of the passage-way sinks down, giving more
+room to move in.  Salt was an article used freely with the Jews in
+sacrificing.  Seven was a sacred number.  The sinking of the last seventh
+part of the passageway floor may mean the enlarging privilege of the Jews
+in this latter day.  Of the civilised nations, only Russia and Spain
+forbid them citizenship.  Even Turkey admits them now as citizens.
+
+The Jews have been represented as being blind in part.  The passage-way
+and chamber have been difficult to explore because of foul air, there
+being no ventilating tubes as in the King's Chamber.
+
+But, strange to say, a gentleman exploring this chamber a short time ago,
+found two tubes by an accident in striking the side wall with a hammer.
+The tubes had been left entirely closed over with a thin unbroken scale.
+These tubes extended inward through the masonry, and into the stones
+forming the walls of the room, all nicely cut, but for about one inch
+they were not cut through into the room itself.  Thus the whole was
+designed is evident.  This thin scale no doubt symbolises the condition
+of the Jew.  His eyes are now open, the time of his wandering nearly
+spent, as told by this Pyramid.
+
+The curses foretold upon the Jews have been terribly fulfilled.  So shall
+the blessings foretold now in reserve.  It was foretold that he would
+reject Christ; so he did.  But it is also foretold that he will yet look
+upon Him whom he pierced, and mourn and repent, and accept the true
+Messiah.  Lo-ruhamah represents Lost Israel; Lo-Ammi represents cursed
+Judah; Ruhamah represents Israel found; Ammi represents the curse removed
+from the Jews.  So now we must say, as the prophet Hosea long ago
+instructed us--we Saxons--"Say ye unto your brother, Ammi," and you Jews,
+"say to your sisters, Ruhamah."
+
+We have esteemed the Jews as cursed; we will soon esteem them blest.  The
+Jews have never thought we were their brethren, the descendants of
+Abraham.  But God is revealing in this latter day His own great plan; and
+Christ will be the Saviour of both.
+
+"In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely.
+Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more
+say, The Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of
+Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up, and which led the seed of
+the House of Israel out of the North country, and from all countries
+whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land" (Jer.
+xxiii. 6-8).
+
+Glorious times are near at hand for the Church and the world.  Great
+things hath God promised, all of which He will in His own good time bring
+to pass.
+
+The very dimensions of the doorway are of thrilling import, expressing in
+square inches the time of the Adamic world, which, when added to other
+figures, forecast the time of the end, or the 6,000 years, and point out
+the date of the beginning of the Millennium morn, or Sabbath of the
+earth--the period spoken of by Daniel when he says, "Blessed is he that
+waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty
+days."  This period we approximated in our last Discourse, and made it
+out to be about 1,957.  The door-way in square inches is 1,949; take
+these inches for years, and we have, before the building of the Pyramid,
+of years 1949 A.M., time of building 2170 B.C., and length of Grand
+Gallery, 1,882, and we get a total of 6,001.  This is indeed a close
+approximation.
+
+
+
+
+SIGNS AND WONDERS.
+DISCOURSE XVIII.
+
+
+THE STONE PROPHET IS THE WILDERNESS--NO WAR FOR FOUR YEARS--THE GREAT
+STRUGGLE TO COMMENCE IN 1882--PRUSSIA ANCIENT ASSYRIA--ENGLAND, GERMANY,
+AND EGYPT TO BE ALLIES--THE FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD--THE PHILISTINES
+THE SOUTHERN IRISH--WHO THEIR GREAT ANCESTOR WAS, ETC.
+
+    "The great, the mighty God, the Lord of hosts, is His name.  Great in
+    counsel, and mighty in work; for Thine eyes are open upon all the
+    ways of the sons of men; to give every one according to his ways, and
+    according to the fruit of his doings; which has set signs and wonders
+    in the land of Egypt, even unto this day."--Jer. xxxii. 18-20.
+
+Egypt is intimately connected with Palestine in providential history,
+both past, present, and future.  No student can have a proper knowledge
+of the Jewish and Israelitish nation unless he be familiar with the early
+civilisation and power of Egypt.  From this land went forth the Caphtorim
+to settle Palestine, led forth by the great and good Melchisedek, after
+he had built the Pyramid.  Under his reign they first settled Palestine,
+built and made Jerusalem their capital.  On the death of Melchisedek they
+lost their allegiance to God, they became an idolatrous people, and were
+rejected by Jehovah as His special agents.  They are known in after
+history under the name of Philistines, which simply means the followers
+or subjects of Philitis--a name which the early historians of Egypt gave
+to the builder of the Pyramid, which was none other person than
+Melchisedek.  By the Israelites they were driven out of Palestine, and
+finally settled in the South of Ireland, as Irish historians allow.
+
+Another member of the family of Shem was called--namely, Abraham, from
+whom came God's chosen people--Israel and the Jews.  They also had to
+sojourn in Egypt, and they, too, were sent to Palestine, and graffed on
+to the purpose of God, where the Philistines had been broken off.
+
+"Have not I brought up Israel out of the land of Egypt, and the
+Philistines from Caphtor?" (Amos ix. 7).
+
+Egypt has played a noble part in the providence of God through
+Melchisedek, Abraham, Joseph, and Moses.  Even the blessed Jesus is said
+to be called from this land.  "Out of Egypt have I called My Son."  The
+Egyptians gave to the world the first translation of the Hebrew Bible,
+and it was for centuries the stronghold of Christianity after the
+destruction of Jerusalem.  The best of the Christian fathers were
+Egyptians, and in the coming struggle, the great war, which will begin
+about 1882, again Egypt will become conspicuous with England and Prussia.
+For the Prussians are the Assyrians as the English art the Lost Tribes of
+Israel.  Bismarck may manoeuvre as he please, and be as pro-Russian as
+Dr. Storrs, yet when the time comes he and his people will fall in with
+the providential purpose, and become an ally with Israel-England; and
+timid and bankrupt Egypt will then come forth to take her place once more
+among the nations of the earth as an independent Power.  Hear what the
+prophet Isaiah says in chap. xix.: "And the Lord shall smite Egypt, He
+shall smite and heal it, and they shall return even to the Lord, and He
+shall be entreated of them, and shall heal them.  In that day shall there
+be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and the Assyrians shall come into
+Egypt and the Egyptians into Assyria, and the Egyptians shall serve with
+the Assyrians.  In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with
+Assyria, even a blessing in the midst of the land, whom the Lord of hosts
+shall bless, saying, Blessed be Egypt My people, and Assyria the work of
+My hands, and Israel Mine inheritance."
+
+"_In that day_" refers to this day, now at hand.  To this the Great
+Pyramid is witness.  For in verses 19 and 20 of this chapter we read: "In
+_that day_ shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the land
+of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord.  And IT shall
+be for a SIGN and for a WITNESS unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt."
+
+The word translated pillar is from the Hebrew word Matzaybhah, and means
+a large structure--some monument that is pre-eminent.  The Hebrew word
+Ammood is translated pillar also, and corresponds to the English word
+pillar much better.
+
+The word _altar_, in Hebrew, means lion, carrying with it the same
+meaning as pre-eminence.  And is not this Pyramid preeminent? and is it
+not the lion of monuments, pre-eminent as being the oldest, pre-eminent
+as being the highest, pre-eminent as being the largest, pre-eminent in
+location--being _central_ to all the land surface of the earth,
+pre-eminent in construction, unlike any other buildings, except such as
+have been modelled after it, pre-eminent in orientation--that is, being
+exactly East, North, West and South.
+
+Perfect orientation men in past ages and countries have tried to express
+in temples, churches, observatories, and monuments, yet none have
+succeeded so well as the Pyramid builders.
+
+The famous Uranibourg Observatory, built by aid of the European
+Governments, under the skilful supervision of the learned Tycho Brahe,
+was found to be five minutes of a degree askew in its orientation when
+finished.
+
+A few years ago our Government determined to have one perfect point of
+orientation, fixing upon Mount Agamenticus in the State of Maine.  They,
+at a great cost, and time, and labour, concluded their work, and found
+they were in error somewhere about the four-hundredth part of a second;
+although they tried to solve the problem by three distinct
+processes--namely, differences of zenith distance, absolute zenith
+distances, and by transits in prime vertical.
+
+How then came these ancient architects so early in the world's history
+and progress to build so skilfully?  How were they able some 4,000 years
+ago to find the poles, and determine the latitude and longitude so
+precisely?  Answer, ye godless scientists, and tell us how these
+monkey-men were so skilled.  How did they know without your instruments
+and instruction which parallel of latitude to choose so as to be on that
+line which would mark the half-way of the world's surface between the
+equator and the poles?
+
+And why did they lay bare and make smooth the lime-stone table rock on
+which they built close to its Northern edge?  Why press so closely to the
+brink of the hill on the North side when there was plenty of room on the
+South side?
+
+Truly this witness of God is against you.  In this building are "signs
+and wonders" even to this day, and as surely also are the eyes of Jehovah
+open upon all the ways of the children of men.
+
+Know ye not that the accumulated forces and results of centuries have
+been bequeathed to the present generation as a legal heritage for culture
+and profit?
+
+Happily for us God has not left Himself without witnesses.  Long before
+God made bare His arm through Moses, and wrought miracles to convince
+Pharaoh and the Egyptians, He had wrought one miracle, a miracle which
+would cover the ages; not to be seen by a few only, or last for a day,
+but to be seen by the millions and last for centuries.
+
+In this Pyramid we have a valuable inheritance.  Its finish, its beauty,
+its magnitude provokes our criticism, and yet must command our
+admiration.  This watchman on the walls of time, this sentinel in charge
+of the secrets and treasures of the sires of long ago, this prophet in
+the wilderness in rugged garb, proclaiming the will of Heaven, as then
+made known, and now manifest, this Daniel who can interpret for us the
+future, this mile-stone of the ages, we do revere.
+
+By it we are enabled to adjust our chronological dates, rectify history
+in some of its most important points, and judge more correctly of the
+attainments of our ancestors; nay, more and better, to form a truer
+estimate of ourselves and discern the finger of God in the manipulations
+of men, and an overruling Providence in the rise and fall of nations.
+
+These signs and wonders confirm God's Word, for they prove inspiration a
+fact; inspiration of a kind and in the very manner demanded by the
+unbelieving scientists.  Here is a building superhuman, and of course in
+part supernatural, like the Bible.  In this building the human and the
+Divine blend.
+
+If any deny this, it remains with them to account for it, and show how a
+people so far back in the world's history could be so wise and learned;
+how they could embody so much of the sciences.  One thing is certain, if
+the Divine had nothing to do with this building, then we are left to the
+conclusion that man was much superior to what the Darwinian theory
+admits.  If void of the Divine, then the development theory is destroyed.
+If we admit the Divine, then it follows that inspiration is a fact.
+
+The building is there, and it was there in the day of Egypt's oldest
+historians.  It has been counted as one of the seven wonders of the
+world.
+
+It did not embody the ideas of the Egyptians in science, astronomy,
+meteorology, or religion.  As their historians allow, it was built by
+foreigners which they hated.
+
+Nothing idolatrous was carved on it, within or without.  It was a witness
+pure and clean.  The Egyptians proclaimed and believed the earth to be
+square--this building proclaimed the earth round.  The builders bevelled
+the face of the rock in a ratio of eight inches to the mile--the very
+quantity that science to-day admits to be the curviture of the earth--and
+accepts in surveying.  It was their knowledge of this fact that kept the
+building sound, without the cracking of a joint, through centuries,
+though so high.  The Egyptians did not use the sacred amma, or cubit,
+which is about twenty-five of our inches.  They used a profane cubit, as
+Sir Isaac Newton shows.
+
+This sacred cubit was a well and easily established proportion of the
+earth's diameter--the very standard now used by the English Government in
+surveying.
+
+The stones of the Pyramid were twelve feet long, eight feet broad, and
+five deep, making twenty-five total.  The building itself was a
+five-faced figure.  The Egyptians hated five.  No wonder that Moses
+harnessed the Israelites in fives as they left Egypt, or that he should
+divide his book into five parts.
+
+No wonder that the Queen's Chamber should be on the twenty-fifth course
+of masonry, and the King's Chamber on the fiftieth course, which is the
+year of jubilee, or deliverance--which year, as indicated in the Pyramid,
+is the year 1935.
+
+The Egyptians calculated from the moon in their chronology.  But this
+building takes its calculations from the sun circle.  The Egyptian year
+was 354 days, with an intercalary month of thirty-three days added every
+three years.
+
+The year embodied in the Pyramid was 365 days, five hours, forty-eight
+minutes, forty-seven and seven-tenths seconds.  If a person took a rod of
+a cubit length, and measured one of the base sides of the Pyramid, he
+would find this twenty-five inch measure to be contained as often as
+there are days in the year, with the same fraction in inches as the
+hours, minutes, and seconds.
+
+Is it impious to ask how these builders knew the solar year so
+completely?  They knew the sun's circle of 448 years, which completes a
+circle of time without any excess or deficiency.  This they ran into
+weights and measures as God's religion does.
+
+The Pyramid, having four sides, would divide this circle into four parts,
+which make 112 pounds, or a hundred-weight; or, if multiplied by five,
+the faces of the Pyramid, 448 would give 2,240, or a ton.
+
+In the descending and ascending passages a person must stoop to pass
+through them, but when the Grand Gallery is reached, they can stand
+upright, for this gallery enlarges seven times the proportions of the
+others.  The first passages are only four feet high; this is
+twenty-eight.
+
+The first ascending passage is 1,542 inches in length--the time, taking
+inches for years, from the exodus of Israel from Egypt to Christ.
+
+Christ brings enlarged liberty.  He was symbolised by the ton--the end of
+weight scale.  "When the fulness of time was come, God sent forth His
+Son."
+
+Again, thirty-three inches in this gallery is an open sepulchre with
+fifty-six empty graves in miniature, carved out, telling, again, by a
+strange coincident, the life years of the Saviour and His resurrection;
+also the number of those who rose immediately after.  For "the graves
+were opened, and many bodies of the saints which slept arose and came out
+of the graves after His resurrection" (Matt. xxvii. 52).
+
+Another remarkable feature is, that at the end of this gallery, the wall
+bulges forward about four inches, as if it were going to fall in.  This
+gallery, on the floor is 1,882 inches; on the roof, 1,878 inches.  This
+explains to us our very times.  The shadow of war--Russia and England
+appearing as if they would fight every day.  But they know not the
+counsels of God, nor His sublime purpose.  Surely, as the text declares,
+"Our God is great in counsel and mighty in work; and His eyes are open
+upon all the ways of the sons of men."  More next Sunday evening, God
+willing, about His own marvellous witnesses.  Let us praise and adore
+Him.
+
+    "_And the remnant of Jacob shall be among the Gentiles_, _in the
+    midst of many people as a_ LION _among the beasts of the forest_, _as
+    a_ YOUNG LION _among the flocks of sheep_: _who_, _if he go through_,
+    _both treadeth down and teareth in pieces_, _and none can
+    deliver_."--Micah v. 7.
+
+              [Picture: Coat of Arms with Lion and Unicorn]
+
+    "_His glory is like the firstling of his bullock_, _and his horns
+    like the_ HORNS OF UNICORNS: _with them he shall push the people
+    together to the_ ENDS _of the_ EARTH."--Deut. xxxiii. 17.
+
+
+
+
+THE THRONE OF DAVID.
+DISCOURSE XIX.
+
+
+ENGLAND'S PROPHECY FULFILLED IN THE BERLIN CONGRESS--THE HARP OF TARA THE
+HARP OF ISRAEL--THE FUTURE EUROPEAN ALLIANCES--ROYAL SUCCESSION OF THE
+HOUSE OF ISRAEL.
+
+    "I will overturn, overturn, overturn it; and it shall be no more,
+    until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it Him."--Ezekiel
+    xxi. 27.
+
+The closing of the famous European Congress will now freely permit us to
+canvass the work and results of the same, and to compare the sequences
+with the teachings of the prophets and intentions of Providence.  The
+results of the Congress have taken the world by surprise.  The very fact
+that one should have been held under the enforced conditions of the
+crownless king, Disraeli, was a wonder in itself.  But the wonder is not
+confined to the meeting and work of the Congress, for outside of, and in
+spite of the Congress, a treaty has been made which converts wonder into
+amazement.  Back in the middle of last May (1878), England and Turkey
+formed an alliance, offensive and defensive.  Nay, more, for Turkey cedes
+to England the fruitful and strategic island of Cyprus.  What a triangle
+of strongholds--Cyprus, Malta, and Gibraltar!  Shades of Bonaparte!
+Where is France in these days?  She is renewing her strength, and is
+wisely standing aside so as not to oppose Providence.  In all this there
+is nothing new or strange to the prophetic student.  For long ago it was
+written of Israel that she should be a company of nations, and possess
+the gates of her enemies.
+
+It is not by might, nor power of human origin, that these events must be
+judged, or that they come to pass.  But surely by the Spirit of God.
+"There is a spirit in man, and the inspiration of the Almighty giveth it
+understanding."  Here Job gives us the key to unlock the mysteries of the
+crownless king and his success.  The apothegm of Bonaparte is as false as
+he was unsuccessful--namely, that Providence is always on the side of the
+strongest battalions.  In Israel, in time of old, this was seldom true.
+In fact, it was not true in the experience and campaigns of Bonaparte.
+The logic of such a faith has been the ruin of lovely France more than
+once, and will be again.  For it must needs be that France break her
+alliance with England, though now they are friends.  France in a few
+years will ally with the Beast, the Roman Church, in its last struggle
+for rule and supremacy; and she will join hands with Anti-Christ.  France
+will repeat the follies of '93.  She will again seek to dethrone
+Religion, and enthrone Reason.  Her Marats, Desmoulens, Herberts,
+Clootzes, and Robespierres are at hand ready to overturn.  And the Church
+of her choice is patiently waiting to re-enact the scenes of blood and
+terror of St. Bartholomew.  Her time of opportunity will appear to have
+come in a few years.  Bismarck and Kaiser William will be out of the way,
+and Germany will languish for want of two equal successors.  And France
+will not forget to pay back the debt of revenge she owes to Germany, and
+seek to reclaim her prestige in councils, and especially to restore her
+lost influence over Egypt, Turkey, and the Mediterranean.
+
+Last year it would not have been so easy to see how France and England
+were to become once again enemies.  This Cyprus wedge has cleft open a
+little farther the dark and mysterious way.
+
+Last Monday we received the astounding telegram of the treaty between
+England and Turkey.  It evidently was a surprise, we have no doubt, even
+to Rev. Dr. Storrs, and the _New York Herald_, as well as to many others
+who could see nothing but defeat and shame for Israel-England.  From Dr.
+Storrs we have not heard what he now thinks of his child of promise,
+Russia.  From the _Herald_ we did hear, for, by the way, the _Herald_ is
+one of our morning papers.  By an editorial of a column and a half the
+_Herald_ struggled nobly to wriggle out of the tight corner in which its
+sympathies for Russia had crowded it.  We like and admire the _Herald_,
+because of its tact and ingenuity in getting news first from any part of
+the world.  Still this time she was behind time.  Two years ago, from
+this pulpit, we announced the exciting facts of the past week.  Last
+Sunday evening we closed our discourse in these words: "Now, again,
+England pledges herself a Continental Power, nay, more, an Asiatic Power.
+She will come forth from the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the
+owner of Palestine."
+
+If the Saxons be the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel--and most certainly they
+respond to all the features that were to distinctly mark them when found,
+as written in the Bible--then the English throne is a continuation of
+David's throne, and the seed on it must be the seed of David, and the
+inference is clear--namely, that all the blessings attaching by holy
+promise to David's throne must belong to England.  This is the key that
+unravels and makes plain the marvellous and sublime history of the
+English nation and throne.  We know many scout the idea of the Lost
+Tribes ever being found, although over thirty times God declares by the
+prophets that they must return; surely before they return they must be
+found.  God has not cast away His people for ever.  No, no.  He declares
+Israel to be His inheritance, and that this people He had formed for
+Himself.
+
+The Two Tribes forming the Jews of to-day are said by the best
+calculation to number about nine millions.  If, then, the Two Tribes
+number nine millions, how many ought we to expect the Ten Tribes to
+number?  If the Two Tribes have stood and survived the shock and
+persecution of centuries when known, and therefore open to assault, is it
+not reasonable to suppose that the Ten Tribes will be in existence, a
+numerous and powerful people, for they have been hid, and thus have they
+evaded the persecution that a knowledge of their nationality would have
+entailed upon them from the Gentile and Pagan nations?
+
+Some, indeed, persist in looking for God's chosen seed--His people, His
+inheritance--among the bushmen of Africa, the Indians of America; indeed
+wherever they can find a people mean, and few, and very low in the scale
+of civilisation.  They overlook the fact that Israel, not the Jews, were
+to be the most powerful and prolific people on the face of the earth, to
+be as sands of the sea, as the stars of heaven.  Especially were these
+promises to be true in the latter day--for then God promises to multiply
+them, men, beasts, and the fruits of the field.  This is one of the signs
+of the times, and it is a remarkable one.  See our harvest, see our
+cattle, and see the Saxon race--doubling, at least, every forty years.
+No other nation is doubling at that rate.  Germany comes the nearest, and
+both in Prussia and Austria they only double every one hundred years.  In
+one hundred years from to-day the Saxons will control the world for peace
+and Christ.
+
+To this end God is overturning, and will overturn until the whole world
+shall be federated around one throne, and that throne is David's--the
+only throne God ever directly established, and the only one He has
+promised perpetuity to.  God has a land--Palestine.  He has a
+people--Israel.  He has a throne--David's, and for that throne He has a
+seed, just as the seed of Levi was selected for Temple service.
+
+This kingdom is the fifth kingdom, to be set up in the latter days of
+those kings, says Daniel.  The kingdom was never to be left unto other
+people.  It is typified by the stone cut out of the mountain that is to
+fill the world.  Why then stand amazed at the cession of Cyprus to
+England, if she be Israel.  To her was promised the isles of the sea, the
+coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places--the heathen and
+uttermost parts of the earth, as a possession.  Already out of the
+fifty-one million square miles which composes the earth, England,
+including the United States, now owns about fourteen millions, or say
+one-fourth.  She bears rule over one-third of the people of the earth;
+she adds a colony every four years on an average.  At the present rate it
+will not be long before the kingdoms of this world will be given to the
+saints of the Most High.  It is no marvel in the light and instruction of
+prophecy that this throne and people should be so stable and prosperous.
+
+Turn your attention to the founding of this throne of David.  You will
+find the throne and seed unconditionally federated, the place and measure
+of prosperity conditioned on the obedience of the people and throne to
+God.  "The Lord has sworn in truth unto David; He will not turn from it;
+of _the fruit of thy body_ will I set upon thy throne" (Psalm cxxxii.
+11).  Again, "I have sworn unto David, thy seed I will _establish for
+ever_, and build up thy throne to _all_ generations" (Psalm lxxxix. 3,
+4).  This promise is to all generations--not a part, nor simply for sixty
+years.  For the kingdom was rent in twain when Rehoboam, the grandson of
+David, began to reign.  The throne of David would be about the poorest
+type of Christ's throne and rule, and reign, if we can only see it in
+Palestine.  There it was soon divided, very corrupt.  "If ye can break My
+covenant of the day and night in their season, then may also My covenant
+be broken with David My servant, that he should not have a son to reign
+upon his throne . . . Thus saith the Lord: If My covenant be not with day
+and night, and if I have not appointed the ordinances of heaven and
+earth, then will I cast away the seed of Jacob and David My servant, so
+that I will not take any of _his seed_ to be rulers over the seed of
+Abraham" (Jer. xxxiii. 25, 26).  Let anybody of the same mind read the
+seventh chapter of the second book of Samuel, and they will see that God
+promised to David that his house and kingdom should be established for
+ever, and that God would set up the seed of David after him.  Well might
+David exclaim when he sat before the Lord, "Who am I, O Lord God, and
+what is my house, that Thou hast brought me hitherto?  And this was yet a
+small thing in Thy sight, O Lord God; but Thou hast spoken also of Thy
+_servant's house for a great while yet to come_."  It is a pity men will
+not take and interpret the Bible by the rules of common sense.
+
+David at this time was king over all the Tribes and was at peace, and
+settled and prospered.  But God told him that "He would appoint a place
+for _My people Israel_, and will plant them that they may dwell in a
+place of their own and move no more."  This promise was to Israel.  If
+the promises of the multitudinous seed were to be fulfilled to Israel,
+then it would be necessary to find them another place, for Palestine
+wouldn't hold them.  So God has planted them.  God never promised to find
+the Jews another country; Palestine is specially reserved for them.  They
+have been without country, king, or government.  In the year 725 B.C. the
+Jews and Israelites were separated, and since that time they have never
+been united.  But the day is coming, says the prophet, when they shall
+dwell together and appoint one head over them.  The Israelites are only
+to return to Palestine representatively (Jer. iii. 14).
+
+When Nebuchadnezzar carried the Jews captive, he took the king, Zedekiah,
+with him, and destroyed all his family, and all the real royal seed of
+David.  Zedekiah died in Babylon.  He placed upon the throne of David,
+Gedaliah.  Now Gedaliah was not of the seed royal: but God was displeased
+and permitted the crown to go to others.  Ezekiel was taken captive to
+Babylon in the reign of Jehoiachim, the father of Zedekiah.  The prophecy
+of the text was written in Babylon, and refers to Zedekiah, whom Ezekiel
+calls the "wicked prince of Israel, whose day is come, iniquity shall
+have an end.  Thus saith the Lord God, Remove the diadem and take off the
+crown, this shall not be the same; exalt him that is low, and abase him
+that is high.  I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no
+more until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it to Him."
+
+Now all this is plain if we keep in mind that Zedekiah was the last
+prince of the House of David that ever reigned in Palestine.  God removed
+the diadem.  But in the course of time a lawful heir of the seed of David
+shall appear, and the throne and the seed will be established again in
+Jerusalem.  It is to this end Providence is overturning Turkey to make
+way for this seed royal.  But where is this seed royal?  Answer: It is on
+the English throne.  Listen carefully to the following:
+
+Jeremiah tells us that with him he had the daughters of Zedekiah, who had
+by some means escaped the destroying edicts of Nebuchadnezzar (Jer.
+xliii. 6).  And from Jer. xliv. 14, we learn that they visited Egypt, and
+from Jer. xliv. 28, we learn that a small number escaped.  Now Jeremiah,
+being the only prophet in Judah at that time, had a right to take charge
+of the royal seed.  He could not stay in Egypt, nor in Palestine, nor
+would he go to Babylon.  Where, then, did the prophet go?  He no doubt
+took ship with the Danites, and sailed for Cornwall, in England, for this
+place was called Tarshish.  We learn from Ezekiel the ships of Dan traded
+in tin, and other things.  History and tradition both agree that there
+landed on the coast of Ireland in the North, a divine man and a princess.
+God had promised to Jeremiah his life wherever he went.  "But thy life
+will I give thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest" (Jer. xlv.
+5).
+
+                         [Picture: Jacob's Stone]
+
+The North of Ireland had been settled with the Tribe of Dan; they at once
+understood who their visitor was.  They called him Olam Folla, meaning a
+Divine man or teacher.  The princess was called Tea Tephi, the beautiful
+one from the East.  This princess was married to Heremon, of Ulster, the
+king of Lothair Croffin, for such was the name of the city of Tara.  This
+word Tara is Arat spelled backward.  The Hebrew reads from right to left;
+English left to right.  Lothair Croffin was changed into Tara at the time
+of the wedding.  Tara means law.  Thus began the seed of David to take
+root, and from there it spread over all Ireland, then to Scotland, thence
+to England, and Jacob's Stone in Westminster Abbey marks the journey of
+David's throne, and has always kept with the seed, and they have been
+always crowned on it.  Ezekiel's riddle is at once solved.  The tender
+twigs were Zedekiah's daughters.  One of these twigs was planted by the
+great waters in a land of traffic.  Our Episcopalian friends intended by
+their beautiful service to aid the members of their communion to read in
+order, and through the Bible, or a given portion of each chapter, once
+per year.  But strange to say, this 17th chapter of Ezekiel, they have
+left out both of the Old and New Lectionary.  It is itself a riddle, why
+this should so happen, that the only two chapters of the Bible left out
+or proscribed are the 17th and 21st of Ezekiel.  Surely blindness in part
+has happened to Israel, and what we esteemed as accidental in the
+increased light of Revelation, stands to view as the ordered purposes of
+an all-seeing God.
+
+The royal standard of England has nine lions on it and a unicorn.  Let
+anyone set this standard before him as a map, the right hand will
+represent East, the top North, left West, the bottom South.  The unicorn
+comes from the East, it has a chain round its neck.  So the Tribe of
+Benjamin came that way, and, as Normans, were finally attached to the
+throne.  The big lion comes from the West, so it did from Ireland to
+Scotland and London.  On the top we have a crown, and on the top of this
+we have a lion.  On the first quarter are three lions, second quarter
+one, on the third a stringed harp with an angel's head, and on the fourth
+three lions, the total of lions nine, and an unicorn.  The fact is, this
+standard, had we time, teaches a world of history, and with the Psalmist
+we may say: "Thou hast given a banner to them that fear Thee; that it may
+be displayed because of the truth" (Psalm lx. 4).  The genealogy and
+descent of Queen Victoria from Zedekiah we will furnish you.  This
+genealogy has been got up by the faithful and very persevering labours of
+Rev. F. R. A. Glover, M.A., and Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, M.A., two
+Episcopalian clergymen of England.  The chart is supposed to be as near
+perfect as any such thing can be.  If any of you find any defect be kind
+enough and let me know.  In the following genealogy those who reigned
+have K. prefixed--the dates after private names refer to their birth and
+death, those after Sovereign's names to their accession and death.
+
+
+
+ADAM TO VICTORIA.
+GENERATIONS.
+
+
+1.  Adam (B.C. 4000-3070), Eve.
+
+2.  Seth (B.C. 3873-2978).
+
+3.  Enos (B.C. 3765-2860).
+
+4.  Cainan (B.C. 3675-2765).
+
+5.  Mahalaleel (B.C. 3605-2710).
+
+6.  Jared (B.C. 3540-2578).
+
+7.  Enoch (B.C. 3378-3013).
+
+8.  Methuselah (B.C. 3313-2344).
+
+9.  Lamech (B.C. 3126-2344).
+
+10.  Noah (B.C. 2944-2006), Naamah.
+
+11.  Shem (B.C. 2442-2158).
+
+12.  Arphaxad (B.C. 2342-1904).
+
+13.  Salah (B.C. 2307-2126).
+
+14..  Heber (B.C. 2277-2187).
+
+15.  Peleg (B.C. 2243-2004).
+
+16.  Reu (B.C. 2213-2026).
+
+17.  Serug (B.C. 2181-2049).
+
+18.  Nahor (B.C. 2052-2003).
+
+19.  Terah (B.C. 2122-2083), Amtheta.
+
+20.  Abraham (B.C. 1992-1817), Sarah.
+
+21.  Isaac (B.C. 1896-1716), Rebekah.
+
+22.  Jacob (B.C. 1837-1690), Leah.
+
+23.  Judah (b. B.C. 1753), Tamar.
+
+24.  Hezron.
+
+25.  Aram.
+
+26.  Aminadab.
+
+27.  Naashon.
+
+28.  Salmon.
+
+29.  Boaz (B.C. 1312), Ruth.
+
+30.  Obed.
+
+31.  Jesse.
+
+
+
+KINGS OF ISRAEL.
+
+
+32.  K. David (B.C. 1085-1015), Bathsheba.
+
+33.  K. Solomon (B.C. 1033-975), Naamah.
+
+34.  K. Rehoboam (B.C. b. 1016, d. 958), Maacah.
+
+35.  K. Abijam (B.C. 958-955).
+
+36.  K. Asa (B.C. 955-914), Azubah.
+
+37.  K. Jehoshaphat (B.C. 914-889).
+
+38.  K. Jehoram (B.C. 889-885), Athaliah.
+
+39.  K. Ahaziah (B.C. 906-884), Zibiah.
+
+40.  K. Joash (B.C. 885-839), Jehoaddan.
+
+41.  K. Amaziah (B.C. b. 864, d. 810), Jecholiah.
+
+42.  K. Uzziah (B.C. b. 826, d. 758), Jerushah.
+
+43.  K. Jotham (B.C. b. 783, d. 742).
+
+44.  K. Ahaz (B.C. b. 787, d. 726), Abi.
+
+45.  K. Hezekiah (B.C. b. 751, d. 698), Hephzibah.
+
+46.  K. Manasseh (B.C. b. 710, d. 643), Meshullemeth.
+
+47.  K. Amon (B.C. b. 621, d. 641), Jedediah.
+
+48.  K. Josiah (B.C. b. 649, d. 610), Hamutah.
+
+49.  K. Zedekiah (B.C. 599-578).
+
+
+
+KINGS OF IRELAND.
+
+
+50.  K. Heremon fl. (B.C. 580), Q. T. Tephi.  She was Zedekiah's
+daughter.  Reigned 15 years.
+
+51.  K. Irial Faidh (reigned 10 years).
+
+52.  K. Eithriall (reigned 20 years).
+
+53.  Follian.
+
+54.  K. Tighernmas (reigned 50 years).
+
+55.  Eanbotha.
+
+56.  Smoirguil.
+
+57.  K. Fiachadh Labhriane (reigned 24 years).
+
+58.  K. Aongus Ollmuchaidh (reigned 27 years).
+
+59.  Maoin.
+
+60.  K. Rotheachta (reigned 25 years).
+
+61.  Dein.
+
+62.  K. Siorna Saoghalach (reigned 21 years).
+
+63.  Oliolla Olchaoin.
+
+64.  K. Giallchadh (reigned 9 years).
+
+65.  K. Aodhain Glas (reigned 20 years).
+
+66.  K. Simeon Breac (reigned 6 years).
+
+67.  K. Muireadach Bolgrach (reigned 4 years).
+
+68.  K. Fiachadh Tolgrach (reigned 7 years).
+
+69.  K. Duach Laidhrach (reigned 10 years).
+
+70.  Eochaidh Buaigllcry.
+
+71.  K. Ugaine More the Great (reigned 30 years).
+
+72.  R. Cobhthach Coalbreag (reigned 30 years).
+
+73.  Meilage.
+
+74.  K. Jaran Gleofathach (reigned 7 years).
+
+75.  K. Conla Cruaidh Cealgach (reigned 4 years).
+
+76.  K. Oiloilla Caisfhiaclach (reigned 25 years).
+
+77.  K. Eochaidh Foltlenthan (reigned 11 years).
+
+78.  K. Aongus Tuirmheach Teamharch (reigned 30 years).
+
+79.  K. Eana Aighneach (reigned 28 years).
+
+80.  Labhra Luirc.
+
+81.  Blathuchta.
+
+82.  Easamhuin Eamhna.
+
+83.  Roighnein Ruadh.
+
+84.  Finlogha.
+
+85.  Fian.
+
+86.  K. Eodchaidh Feidhlioch (reigned 12 years).
+
+87.  Fineamhnas.
+
+88.  K. Lughaidh Raidhdearg.
+
+89.  K. Criomhthan Niadhnar (reigned 16 years).
+
+90.  Fearaidhach Fion Feachtnuigh.
+
+91.  K. Fiachadh Fionoluidh (reigned 20 years).
+
+92.  K. Tuathal Teachtmar (reigned 30 years).
+
+93.  K. Conn Ceadchathach (reigned 20 years).
+
+94.  K. Art Aonfhir (reigned 30 years).
+
+95.  K. Cormc Usada (reigned 40 years).
+
+96.  K. Caibre Liffeachair (reigned 27 years).
+
+97.  K. Fiachadh Sreabthuine (reigned 30 years).
+
+98.  K. Muireadhach Tireach (reigned 30 years).
+
+99.  K. Eochaidh Moigmeodhin (reigned 7 years).
+
+100.  K. Nail of the Nine Hostages.
+
+101.  Eogan.
+
+102.  K. Murireadhach.
+
+103.  Earca.
+
+
+
+KINGS OF ARGYLESHIRE.
+
+
+104.  K. Feargus More Mac Earca (A.D. 487).
+
+105.  K. Dongard (d. 457).
+
+106.  K. Conrad (d. 535).
+
+107.  K. Aidan (d. 604).
+
+108.  K. Eugene IV. (d. 622).
+
+109.  K. Donald IV. (d. 650).
+
+110.  Dongard.
+
+111.  K. Eugene V. (d. A.D. 692).
+
+112.  Findan.
+
+113.  K. Eugene VII. (d. A.D. 721), Spondan.
+
+114.  K. Etfinus (d. A.D. 761), Fergina.
+
+115.  K. Achaius (d. A.D. 819), Fergusia.
+
+116.  K. Alpin (d. A.D. 834).
+
+
+
+SOVEREIGNS OF SCOTLAND.
+
+
+117.  K. Kenneth II. (d. A.D. 854).
+
+118.  K. Constantin II. (d. A.D. 774).
+
+119.  K. Donald VI. (d. A.D. 903).
+
+120.  K. Malcolm I. (d. A.D. 958).
+
+121.  K. Kenneth III. (d. A.D. 994).
+
+122.  K. Malcolm II. (d. A.D. 1003).
+
+123.  Beatrix m. Thane Albanach.
+
+124.  K. Dunkan I. (d. A.D. 1040).
+
+125.  K. Malcolm III. Canmore (A.D. 1055-1093), Margaret of England.
+
+126.  K. David I. (d. A.D. 1153), Maud of Northumberland.
+
+127.  Prince Henry (d. A.D. 1152), Adama of Surrey.
+
+128.  Earl David (d. A.D. 1219), Maud of Chester.
+
+129.  Isobel m. Robert Bruce III.
+
+130.  Robert Bruce IV. m. Isobel of Gloucester.
+
+131.  Robert Bruce V. m. Martha of Carrick.
+
+132.  King Robert I. Bruce (A.D. 1305-1329), Mary of Burke.
+
+133.  Margery Bruce m. Walter Stewart (I.).
+
+134.  K. Robert II. (d. A.D. 1390), Euphemia of Ross (d. A.D. 1376).
+
+135.  K. Robert III. (d. A.D. 1406), Arabella Drummond (d. A.D. 1401).
+
+136.  K. James I. (A.D. 1424-1437), Joan Beaufort.
+
+137.  K. James II. (d. A.D. 1360), Margaret of Gueldres (d. A.D. 1463).
+
+138.  K. James III. (d. A.D. 1488), Margaret of Denmark (d. A.D. 1484).
+
+139.  K. James IV. (d. A.D. 1543), Margaret of England (d. A.D. 1539).
+
+140.  K. James V. (d. A.D. 1542), Mary of Lorraine (d. A.D. 1560).
+
+141.  Q. Mary (d. A.D. 1587), Lord Henry Darnley.
+
+
+
+SOVEREIGNS OF GREAT BRITAIN.
+
+
+142.  K. James VI. and I. (A.D. 1603-1625), Ann of Denmark.
+
+143.  Princess Elizabeth (1596-1613), K. Frederick of Bohemia.
+
+144.  Princess Sophia m. Duke Ernest of Brunswick.
+
+145.  K. George I. (1698-1727), Sophia Dorothea Zelle (1667-1726).
+
+146.  K. George II. (1727-1760), Princess Caroline of Auspach
+(1683-1737).
+
+147.  Prince Frederick of Wales (1707-1751), Princess Augusta of
+Saxe-Gotha.
+
+148.  K. George III. (1760-1830), Princess Sophia of Mecklenburgh
+Strelitz (1744-1818).
+
+149.  Duke Edward of Kent (1767-1820), Princess Victoria of Leiningen.
+
+150.  Q. Victoria (b. 1819, cr. 1838), Prince Albert of Saxe-Coburg.
+
+Thus do we see how God has kept His word to David, and with this view,
+English and American history are at once understandable.  The future is
+assuring and grand.  God will assuredly overturn till His throne once
+more is planted in Jerusalem.
+
+
+
+
+JEREMIAH AND ST. PATRICK.
+Discourse XX.
+
+
+THE PROPHET'S COMMISSION--HIS LIFE--THE TRIBES IN HIS DAY--LANDING OF
+JEREMIAH IN IRELAND--WHAT HE BROUGHT WITH HIM--COLONISATION OF
+IRELAND--JEREMIAH THE FOUNDER OF THE ANCIENT IRISH GOVERNMENT AND
+RELIGION--TEA TEPHI AND HEREMON--THE ANCIENT IRISH FLAG--THE HARP AND
+LION--SEASON OF IRELAND'S HISTORICAL PRESTIGE--CAUSES OF HER DECLINE--ST.
+PATRICK A BENJAMITE--HOW ROME DESTROYED JEREMIAH'S MEMORY AMONG THE
+IRISH--DESTRUCTION OF TARA--ULSTER NEVER CONQUERED--IRISH
+INDEPENDENCE--ARK OF THE COVENANT--RUINS OF TARA.
+
+    "See, I have this day set thee over the nations and over the
+    kingdoms, to root out, and to pull down, and to destroy, and to throw
+    down, to build, and to plant."--Jer. i. 10.
+
+In these words we have set forth the Divine commission given to the
+prophet Jeremiah.  Never before, or since, was such a commission given to
+mortal man.  It is not that Jeremiah is constituted a prophet for his own
+people, or over his own nation, and country, but he was Divinely
+appointed and set over the nations and kingdoms of the earth, with an
+authority "to root out, pull down, destroy, and throw down."  Surely he
+was rightly named, for the word Jeremiah means the exalted, or appointed
+one of the Lord.  By common consent, the Jews gave him the first place
+and name among the prophets.  Up to the time of the Babylonian captivity
+he was second, Isaiah being first.  But after the captivity, on the
+re-arrangement of the holy canon, his name was put first, and ever after
+he was regarded and accepted as the patron saint of Judea.  He was born
+of a priestly family, about 641 B.C., in the priestly town of Anathoth,
+which was situated a few miles North of Jerusalem, in the territory of
+Benjamin.  His work and commission awaited him, because they antedated
+his birth, for he says (chap. i. 4), "Then the word of the Lord came unto
+me, saying, Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before
+thou camest forth out of the womb I sanctified thee, and I ordained thee
+a _prophet unto the nations_."  Jeremiah's life-work, extent, and
+devotion, can only find a parallel in the majesty and compass of his
+commission.  It is the extent of this commission that I wish you would
+specially notice, for it is neither tribal nor national in its
+limitations.  He was ordained a prophet unto the nations.  Hear the voice
+of his wailing (chapter xv. 10), "Woe is me, my mother, that thou hast
+borne me a man of strife and a man of contention to the _whole earth_."
+
+Consistent with the vastness of this commission is the recorded fact that
+he was forbidden to marry in his own land, for "the Word of the Lord came
+unto me, saying, Thou shalt not take thee a wife, neither shalt thou have
+sons and daughters in this place" (Jeremiah xvi. 2).  The claims of a
+wife and cares of a family could only have been harshly fitted on to such
+a work and commission.  Indeed, every peculiar fact in the life of
+Jeremiah may be best accounted for by taking into consideration the
+greatness of his commission.  To discard this is simply to invite
+confusion, and yet, strange to say, many prefer confusion rather than
+admit that he performed the _role_ assigned him of Heaven.  For this very
+reason writers, even Jewish historians, are at a loss to account for the
+latter half of the prophet's life.  They do not seem to know where he
+spent his last days; they know not the time, manner, nor place of his
+death.  And why, you ask?  We answer, Because they selfishly and
+persistently limited his life and labours to his own land.  They have not
+been willing to allow that he was set as a prophet over nations and
+kingdoms.  Then again, they have been willing to allow him to be a puller
+down and destroyer, but not a builder and planter.  To grant that he was
+a builder and planter, would have obliged them to have found the place of
+his building and the objects of his planting.  These they well knew could
+not be found in Palestine, and they were as loath as many are unwilling
+to-day to permit Jeremiah to leave his own land.  A man who would be
+equal to the Bible must be large-hearted, generous, and free, not
+fettered and bound by the errors of youthful training, the selfishness of
+sectarianism, the bigotry of orthodoxy, or the indifference of
+infidelity, but seek the truth, no matter from whence, or what it upsets
+or overturns of preconceived ideas.  The command is, "Prove all things,
+and hold fast that which is good."  To hear some people talk and lament,
+you would think that the command was, Prove nothing, but hold hard on to
+what you have got.
+
+Try now, and reasonably and patiently follow me while I trace the
+wanderings of Jeremiah to Old Ireland.  You will be surprised to find how
+intimate Irishology and theology are.
+
+Ireland and the Tribe of Dan have a peculiar history, which history only
+can be made plain by reference to the Bible.  Ireland has had much to
+undergo, yet of it God says, "To the islands He will repay recompense: so
+shall they fear the name of the Lord from the West."
+
+Ireland's first name was Scuite's Land, or the Island of the Wanderers.
+Her second name was Scotia Major, and Scotland was Scotia Minor, and
+England was Tarshish, and Dannoii and Baratamac, or Land of Tin.  Yar in
+Eirin means the land of the setting sun.  Hibernia is an Hebrew word, and
+means from beyond the river of waters.
+
+Two colonies settled in Ireland; the first, the Phoenicians, who were the
+Philistines or ancient Canaanites; the second settlers were the Tuath de
+Danan, meaning the Tribe of Dan.  The words are Hebrew, yet in Irish.
+For further information let any one read "Pinnock's Catechism on
+Ireland."  The Phoenicians were a sea-faring people; pressed by Israel,
+Egypt, and Assyria, they finally left Canaan, and settled in Ireland.  We
+find nine-tenths of Irish historians agreeing on this.  Then the
+monuments teach the same--ancient inscriptions, one of which written was,
+"We are Canaanites who have fled from Joshua, the son of Nun, the
+robber."  The people who show tourists the seven churches of
+Glendenlough, say they are Hittites and Hivites.  Again, ruins of Baal
+temples, Cromlechs, round towers, go to confirm the same.  Customs--Baal
+fires, on May eve, in Irish Ninna-baal-tinne; funeral wakes, or cup of
+consolation, forbidden to Israel when they sought to copy after the
+Philistines.  "Neither shall men give them the cup of consolation to
+drink for father or mother" (Jer. xvi. 7).  The Irish language came from
+the Phoenician, the alphabet of both being composed of sixteen letters
+originally, the only alphabet in the world so agreeing.  From the Irish
+came the Gaelic, Welsh, Cornwall, and the Manx from them all.
+
+The second settlement of Ireland is what puzzles historians of
+to-day--not the old historians, for they, nine out of ten, admit that the
+Formorians, Firbolgs, and Tuath de Danans, were one and the same people.
+They were a divine folk.  The Tribe of Dan was a sea-faring Tribe,
+trading from Tyre to Tarshish for tin, and so became acquainted with the
+British Isles, and during Ahab's persecution many of them fled; so of the
+Simeonites who settled in Wales.  This shows us why the North and South
+of Ireland should be so distinct to this day in religion, enterprise, and
+general characteristics.  When the Tribe of Dan finally left Palestine,
+they with the other Nine Tribes went North, settling in Denmark, as in
+the North of Ireland, leaving their names on rivers, hills, cities, and
+things.
+
+It is this that accounts for so many words of an Hebrew origin being
+found in the Irish language.  General Vallancy has compared thousands and
+finds them thus related to the Hebrew.  Instance: Jobhan-Moran, Chief
+Justice; Rectaire, Judge; Mur-Ollam, School of the Prophets; Ollam-Folla,
+Divine Teacher; Mergech, a Depository; Tara, Law; Tephi, Prince of the
+East; Lia-Fail, Stone of Destiny; Eden Gedoulah, Precious Stone.
+
+If to Irish history we join Bible history, all is plain.  God promised
+David repeatedly that he should always have his throne and on it his
+seed.  The permanence of David's throne makes it a fit type of Christ's.
+Now, Jeremiah took charge of Zedekiah's daughter when Nebuchadnezzar took
+the Jews captive.  He went to Egypt, then escaped, God promising to keep
+him whithersoever he went.  So he disappears.  No account of his death in
+the Bible.  He had charge of the ark of the covenant, royal seed and
+Jacob's pillow--the stone of Israel.  Irish histories, some twenty of
+which we find agree, say that about 585 B.C., a divine man landed in
+Ulster, having with him the king's daughter, stone of destiny, and ark,
+and many other wonderful things.  The people of Ulster, of Dan,
+understood the old adventurer.  Jeremiah married Tephi, Zedekiah's
+daughter, to Eoiacaid, who agreed to abandon Baal worship and build a
+school for the prophets.  So he did.  He then assumed the title of
+Heremon of Tara.  From Tara, which was changed from Lothair Croffin into
+Tara.  From Tephi comes our goddess of Liberty, on old coins, sitting on
+a lion.  Now, at Tara, Jeremiah buried the ark of the covenant, tables of
+law, &c., and instituted the nine-arch degree of Masonry, to keep in mind
+its hiding-place,--so all may understand Jer. iii. 16: "And it shall come
+to pass, when ye be multiplied and increased in the land, in those days,
+saith the Lord, they shall say no more, The ark of the covenant of the
+Lord; neither shall it come to mind; neither shall they remember it;
+neither shall they visit it; neither shall that be done any more."  This
+means that when the ark is found the ceremony will end; for the ark has
+to be found and go before the Jews when they return to their own land.
+Jeremiah was the first Grand Master.  He, too, is the real St.
+Patrick--simply the Patriarchal Saint, which became St. Patriarch, then
+St. Patrick.  The Roman Church introduced St. Patrick to offset the St.
+Patriarch.
+
+Jeremiah well knew where the Tribes of Israel were in his day.  He knew
+that Judah, Levi, and Benjamin, were in Babylon, filling in the seventy
+years of captivity, and the small remnant that Nebuchadnezzar left of
+them in Judah were scattered hither and thither.  The Nine Tribes, or
+Israel, were settled in Central Asia, and were spreading Northward and
+Westward.  This he knew, as easily as Peter did centuries after, when he
+wrote his epistle to the brethren, scattered abroad in Pontus, Galatia,
+Cappadocia, and Asia; or as James, who dedicated his epistle to the
+Twelve Tribes which were scattered abroad; or as the Blessed Master who
+commissioned and sent His disciples after the lost sheep of the House of
+Israel.  The place and locality of the Nine Tribes were known to the
+Jewish nation in the time of Josephus, the historian, for he speaks of
+them, and gives them a fraternal letter which the House of Judah sent
+unto the House of Israel.  You are to keep in mind that it is after this
+the Tribes of Israel are to be lost.  All prophecies after 700 B.C., up
+to this, our day, and till about 1882 A.D., that had reference to Israel,
+plainly mark out the dwelling-place of these Tribes, and yet these
+prophecies not being understood, till these latter days, Israel was as
+actually lost as if there had been no such prophecies.  These prophecies
+were first sent North, then West, and then to the "isles of the sea."
+The law of the Gospel of Jesus would be sent to these Tribes; till then
+the "isles had to wait for the law."  In due time this law was carried to
+them by the missionary Tribe of Benjamin.  This very thing and time the
+prophet had foretold, for he says: "Wherefore glorify ye the Lord by the
+Urim; the name of the Lord God of Israel in the islands of the Western
+sea."  How true, indeed "the isles of the sea saw it and feared."
+Jeremiah knew that the Tribe of Dan were a seafaring people, and in their
+trading they had become acquainted with Northern Europe and the British
+Isles.  During the persecutions of Ahab thousands of them had left
+Palestine, settling in Denmark--this word Denmark means the circle of
+Dan.  In course of time they crossed the sea and took possession of the
+North of Ireland, settling in the province of Ulster.  The Tribe of
+Simeon, that had ever cast its lot with Dan, left Palestine and settled
+in Wales.  Read the prophetic benedictions of the patriarch Jacob in the
+light of these historical facts, and they will stand out in sunlight
+brightness.  "Dan shall judge his people as _one_ of the Tribes of
+Israel."  In his _oneness_, all alone he shall go out first, mark out and
+prepare the way of the other Tribes; and the royal seed, the ruling
+power, shall hide itself in him.  "Dan shall be a serpent by the way; an
+adder in the path that biteth the horses' heels so that his rider shall
+fall backward."  Yes, Dan will be hid among the Gentiles.  He will bite
+them, sting them, frustrating their purposes.  Then exclaims Jacob: "I
+have waited for Thy salvation, O Lord."  Dan did wait, until the prophet
+Jeremiah landed in his midst with Tea Tephi, the daughter of Zedekiah,
+the royal seed, with the ark of the covenant, the tables of the law, the
+Urim and Thummim, which would enable Dan to judge his people, with the
+stone of Jacob, the pillar witness, which is now in the royal chair in
+Westminster Abbey; and also with the standard of Judah.  Thus the
+prophet, who was the rightful custodian of all these things, carefully
+cared for the same, leaving them in charge of Dan.  All but the stone
+have been concealed till the latter day.  For on this stone have been
+crowned all the kings and queens of David's line.
+
+Now just here we must take up history--especially Irish history--for in
+this matter and at this very point, you will find profane and sacred
+histories agreeing.  One will beautifully explain the other; nor can
+anybody understand Irish history unless they get the key from sacred
+history.  To take this key later writers have been unwilling, and,
+therefore, they have been unable to solve the problem embodied in this
+race and nation.  No people on the face of the earth have been less
+understood and more misrepresented.  The real allophyllians of
+Ireland--that is, the first native settlers--are unknown.  The present
+inhabitants are not autochthonal, no more than we are the first settlers
+of this country.  On one point all old historians are agreed--namely,
+that Ireland has been settled by two distinct colonies of people; and
+from these two colonies came the present Irish race.  These two colonies
+were distinct in features, manners, customs, enterprise, and religion,
+and after all these centuries have passed away, these differences are
+discernable in some degree, especially so in enterprise and religion.
+And though, of course, in these latter years, they have become
+considerably mixed, yet an appeal on either of these points will mark out
+the Danite from the Phoenician.  From the loud boasting of the Phoenician
+Irishman in Ireland, when speaking of America, you would think that he
+would pluck out his eyes and give them for a gift if need be.  Well, a
+few years ago, Chicago was bitterly scourged with a fire.  The need and
+distress thus caused appealed to the nations of the earth for help.  The
+response was grand and glorious.  Even hateful old John Bull did well.
+But what did Ireland do?  Take two of her leading cities as an example;
+one in the North, the other in the South.  Belfast in the North, of the
+Tribe of Dan; Dublin in the South, of the Phoenicians.  Belfast sent
+36,000 dols.; Dublin, 2,000 dols.  Why this difference?  We answer,
+Forsooth, the people of Belfast are Danites; they of Dublin are
+Phoenicians.
+
+The Phoenicians, or Philistines, were the ancient Canaanites.  They took
+early possession of Ireland.  On this point the old as well as the new
+historians generally agree.  But there was another early settlement in
+the North of Ireland whom the historians called _Tuath de Danan_, which
+simply means the folks of the Tribe of Dan.  They introduced into the
+Irish language hundreds of Hebrew words, with many customs and legends of
+the Hebrews.  They were very distinct in their enterprise and religion
+from the other settlers.  About the year 580 B.C. there appeared before
+this people a strange man, whom the historians call _Ollam-Folla_, which
+means a divine teacher; the name or title is in Hebrew.  This man,
+whoever he was, soon wielded great power in their midst.  What he
+commanded they seemed ready to do.  He very soon inaugurated wonderful
+reforms.  He gave them a parliament, made them give up their idolatrous
+customs.  He founded a college to train students to teach and preach his
+religion.  It was called _Mur-Ollam_, school of the Divine.  Here again
+the name is Hebrew, although in Irish.  This wonderful man had with him a
+fair young princess, whose name in Hebrew-Irish was _Tea Tephi_, which
+means the beautiful one from the East.  This lovely princess was married
+to the governor of Ulster, Heremon.  He resided in the City of Lothair
+Croffin.  In the agreement of the marriage, among many things, he was to
+accept her religion, give her joint authority, and build the Mur-Ollam,
+or college, and sustain it.  Also to change the name of his city from
+_Lothair Croffin_ to _Tara_, which means law; to adopt her standard or
+banner emblem, the harp and lion, and to be crowned on the wonderful
+stone called in Irish-Hebrew, _Lia-Fail_, which means stone of destiny,
+sometimes called _Eben Gedoulah_, the precious stone.  From this Tea
+Tephi we get our female goddess of liberty, who on old coins is seated
+upon a lion with the Davidian harp in her hand.
+
+Our text tells us that Jeremiah was to plant and build up.  Here he
+planted, and here he did build.  He planted and built a throne, a
+college, and a religion.  Turn to Ezekiel, chapter xvi., and read the
+famous riddle.  Tea Tephi is the tender twig that was cropped off from
+the high cedar, King Zedekiah, and planted among the merchants by great
+waters on the mountain of Israel.  She was the tender one that was to
+take root downward.  To Jeremiah, the Lord said, "Verily it shall be well
+with thy remnant."  Nay, more, He told him that He would give him his
+life for a prey whithersoever he went.  And in 2 Kings xix. 30, we read:
+"And the remnant that is escaped of the House of Judah shall yet again
+take root downward, and bear fruit upward.  For out of Jerusalem shall go
+forth a remnant and they that escape out of Mount Zion; the zeal of the
+Lord of hosts shall do this."  And Ezekiel, in his captivity, sent forth
+a prophecy referring to the wicked prince, Zedekiah, saying of his throne
+in the name of Jehovah: "I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it
+shall be no more until He comes whose right it is, and I will give it
+Him."  So was this throne overturned, and was never after established in
+Jerusalem.  You will notice that there are three overturnings, and as
+Scriptural language is emphatic and not superfluous or tautological,
+these overturnings mean something.  Turn to history, and you will find
+this throne has been turned over just three times--first, from Jerusalem
+to Ireland; second, through King Fergus to Scotland, and, third, through
+King James, from Scotland to England.  This throne can never be turned
+over again, for Jerusalem will be incorporated into the British Empire.
+The throne has turned over till it got home again; hence, as surely as we
+live, Palestine will go into the hands of England.  The throne, religion,
+and education established by the prophet have ever kept together.  This
+is the secret of Ireland's prestige and marvellous pre-eminence in
+centuries past.  The college of Armach could boast of 7,000 students at a
+time.  Missionaries went forth from Ireland through all Europe, teaching
+Christianity, and founding schools.  Few men can compare to Virgilus,
+Eregina, Columbanus, and Columba.  In olden times she was known as the
+"Isle of the Saints."  The day of Ireland's weakness and distress came to
+her when she permitted her religion to be corrupted and controlled by
+foreigners; and by these same Italian intriguers she is now impoverished
+and enslaved.  But for this the throne might have remained with her
+to-day, and England and Scotland have been under her.  But when a nation
+loses her religion, she loses the right arm of power, and the ability to
+preserve freedom.
+
+Jeremiah was the patron-saint for Ireland for a long time.  Simeon (the
+Welsh) had and have David; and as surely as the Welsh have kept their
+saint, so surely ought Ireland.  St. Patrick is looked upon by many as a
+mythical person.  I believe, however, that he was a veritable man.  The
+best authorities make out that he was born at Bonavena, in ancient Gaul,
+near what is now called Boulogne, some time about 387 A.D.  He is
+reported as having died March 17th, 465, in the county Down.  His
+father's name was Calpurnius.  Young Calpurnius, or St. Patrick, as he
+was afterwards called, had a hard life of it in youth.  I believe him to
+have been a Benjamite, a Christian; for the Benjamites began to fill in
+that part of France about that period.  This Tribe were by nature
+missionaries.  This prompted him to desire to redeem his brethren in
+Ireland.  In Ulster he began his labours.  From this same Tribe others
+had visited Ireland.  History mentions four who preceded St. Patrick.
+The name of St. Paul, by many, is connected with a visit to Ireland.  It
+is very easy to see how Jeremiah, the patron-saint of Judah, would be
+installed in such a relation with the Danites after his death.  He was
+the real sainted patriarch of Ireland.  And by a crafty design of Rome,
+young Calpurnius was created sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick, and by
+this means Rome linked the greater part of the Irish nation on to
+herself.  Anybody honest and familiar with history knows that St. Patrick
+was a Christian, and in no sense of the word a Roman Catholic.  The fact
+is, Rome began early to covet Ireland.  Once they got possession, it was
+necessary for them to destroy the influence of Jeremiah.  This they did,
+in part, by substituting the name of St. Patrick in the place of the
+prophet's; and more, they then set to work to destroy even the old and
+famous capital city of Tara.  In 565 St. Ruadham, along with a _posse_ of
+bishops and chiefs of the South of Ireland, cursed the city, so that
+neither King nor Queen might ever rule or reign therein again.  They
+forced the government, monarchy and people to abandon the place.  From
+thence Tara was deserted, and the harp sounded no more through Tara's
+halls.  The city thus cursed crumbled to ruins, and remains to this day
+buried, awaiting a glorious resurrection.  Rome caught her prize at last;
+but neither Rome nor any other power ever enslaved or conquered Ulster.
+Beyond the pale--that is, the dividing line, running from the Boyne to
+the Shannon--Rome never got, nor never will.  Irishmen clamour for
+independence, to be free from England, and wonder why they are not.  The
+reason is that God cannot trust liberty to them; for a people that yoke
+themselves to a foreigner, and give themselves over to be governed in
+spiritual matters, would make a poor effort if trusted with their
+temporal government.  We all know that if Ireland had been free, she
+would not long have remained so, for body, as well as soul, she would
+have committed to the Italians.  Why Irish Catholics should ask for
+freedom when they so voluntarily bind themselves to a foreigner, I fail
+to see.  As the Protestants of the North have asked, and had granted,
+spiritual freedom in the severance of Church and State, so let the men of
+the South ask and demand, and stop not short of freedom from Rome.  A
+free religion is the parent of a free State, and a free State of free
+school.  A people who are not wise enough to take care of their own
+religion, are very poorly prepared to be the guardians of liberty.  My
+belief is that Ireland ought to be free.  She ought to be an independent
+province, with responsible government, as other English provinces.  And
+once she becomes free religiously, it will not be long before she will be
+free politically.  Substitute Jeremiah for St. Patrick, and the Lord
+Jesus for the Pope, then the day of freedom will not long tarry.
+
+    LONDON: PRINTED BY ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+{23}  Essay on "Manasseh and the United States," by the author, published
+by Robert Banks, price 2d.
+
+{159}  This Discourse we give to the reader as reported.  In all the
+others we have excluded the reporter's introduction and personal
+references.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 27177.txt or 27177.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/7/1/7/27177
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+